The Psychology of Eating Podcast: Recent Episodes

View Details

If you’re of a certain age, you’ve probably noticed that young people – teenagers, especially – have a strong need for approval from others.

Young adults want to fit in and feel accepted, a natural desire that is part of our normal developmental process at this stage of life. Feeling that we belong helps us to grow and expand, and gives us the confidence to explore our world.

As we grow older, however, people can become unknowingly stuck at this developmental stage. And when this happens – life can get miserable pretty quick.

Left unchecked, we may never outgrow our desire for acceptance. In fact, this need may even increase, creating intense worry as we obsess over whether others like and approve of us. This can take many forms, but frequently shows up in our relationship with our weight and appearance.

When we continue to solicit outside approval into middle-age and beyond, we find ourselves unable to find the gifts that are available to us at this stage of life – gifts that are discovered when we defer to the one opinion that truly matters: our own.

When we reach our 40s and beyond, life is calling on us to once and for all love and value ourselves, to know our true beauty, and to stand in our power.

Sadly, in today’s world, women especially have gotten the message that their value comes from their youthful appearance and slim figure. It can therefore be really hard to tune those messages out, and allow a deeper wisdom to come through.

These concepts are explored beautifully in this episode.

Maggie, 68, is a culinary and baking teacher who is so afraid of gaining weight that she won’t eat her own cookies. She’s fearful that gaining weight would almost certainly mean being rejected by others – even though she admits this has never happened to her before. Her caring husband and family have always loved and accepted her, no matter what.

Even so, Maggie has been dieting for 50 years – and continues to be caught in an internal weight loss conversation where her efforts are never enough, and where she doesn’t feel good about herself, unless she has lost weight.

As you’ll hear, Maggie’s fear of rejection points her to an important realization, one that can forever change her relationship with herself and her body.

Episode highlights:

✅ How staying trapped in the need for “other” approval limits our potential and joy in life.

✅ How to take your personal power back from the collective voices around weight.

✅ Why the temporary high of reaching your goal weight doesn’t last – and what really satisfies instead.

✅ Developing a daily practice to kick unwanted negative self-talk.

✅ And much more!

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#selfacceptance #bodypositivity #foodfreedom #wisdom #dietculturedropout #psychologyofeating #innerchildhealing #selflovejourney #healing

View Details

Jill, 44, wants a new relationship with food – one where she can enjoy a more easygoing, intuitive way of eating. She’d like eating to be fun and lighthearted, and feel satiated after a great meal.

But her dreamy new relationship with food seems so very far away.

Jill has an intense desire for food – so deep that it feels like her desire can never be quenched. No matter what or how much Jil eats, she doesn’t really feel like she ever finds true pleasure and contentment with food. It just never feels like enough – and Jill has a lot of anxiety that she’ll end up overeating and gaining weight in her pursuit of pleasure.

Jill’s experience is one that many of us can relate to.

We secretly – or not so secretly – love food. But we don’t trust ourselves with it.

We’re afraid of our own pleasure, and what it might mean if we actually allowed ourselves to fully enjoy food.

In this episode, Marc David helps Jill and the rest of us understand why our desire for pleasure isn’t something to be afraid of. Instead, Marc argues that our love of food and pleasure is something that should be fully owned and celebrated. When we honor pleasure, we not only enjoy life so much more – but often find that weight loss is ironically much easier and more sustainable.

Because when we own our love of food, we’re in our power.

In this episode, you’ll hear Marc share:

✅ What trusting yourself with food actually requires. Hint: it’s not having a perfect track record with food, or never making a mistake!

✅ How to invoke your inner voice of wisdom when making food choices.

✅ The connection between trust and relaxation.

✅ How to honor our body’s animal nature amidst the very unnatural modern times we live in.

✅ How to eat from your body instead of your brain.

✅ And much more!

Pleasure is a beautiful aspect of being alive on this planet, but not very many of us have a healthy relationship with it. Instead of fighting desire, we can make it a powerful ally as we learn to live a radiant, embodied life.

So tune in to learn how to deepen your own relationship with food and pleasure!

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#intuitiveeating #foodfreedom #pleasure #desire #bodyrespect #embodiment #trustyourself #selflovejourney #relationshipwithyourbody #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #marcdavid

View Details

Food is intended to be our source of nourishment, but all too often it can feel like a losing battle.

Perhaps you’ve been struggling with your weight, and why it’s so hard to lose it – or keep it off. Or maybe you binge or emotionally eat, and are frustrated that you can’t stop these behaviors.

Whatever your unique challenge with food may be, after a while it’s hard to not come to a particular conclusion…

Food has a POWER over you.

It must – otherwise, you’d have been able to put an end to your unwanted habits a long time ago, right?!

But is it really possible for food to hold power over you?

In this episode, we explore what’s going on when we feel we’ve lost our power to food – and how to navigate the very real feeling of powerlessness that many of us experience when it comes to food.

Paulien, 58, has been maintaining her weight loss for the past decade, but she still doesn’t feel at peace with food. She wants to be free of food fear, and instead embrace being a natural eater.

But Paulien feels like food holds a certain power over her that she can’t overcome. She gets lost in food, and ends up binge eating a couple of nights a week – provoking her fear that she’ll gain weight back.

Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, helps Paulien discover a vital new truth about owning our personal power with food, as well as:

✅ How to identify your inner eating archetypes or “voices,” and why every voice must have a seat at the table.

✅ Embracing the parts of ourselves we’re ashamed about, and how that strengthens a healthy relationship with food.

✅ How to transform nightly binges into conscious food rituals.

✅ Opening up our throat chakra and speaking from our authentic self as a way of healing our eating challenges.

✅ Why becoming the most natural YOU will lead to becoming a natural eater.

This deeply spiritual conversation will provide an important reframe on the belief that food holds power over us. You’ll come away inspired and feeling more compassion for yourself on this human journey. So be sure to tune in!

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#personalpower #bingeeating #emotionaleating #weight #selfgrowth #eatingarchetypes #rebel #queen #wisdom #authenticity #foodfreedom

View Details

Negative body image is something that so many of us struggle with – regardless of our nationality, age, or background. It almost seems to be part of the human condition, something that is innate to our journey here on Earth.

But is it, really?

While not liking our body – or constantly trying to achieve a certain weight or shape – is ubiquitous around the world, the truth is that is NOT a natural, normal part of being alive.

Our beliefs around body image and beauty are instead ingrained from us at a young age. We were, quite literally, taught to believe that beauty looks a certain way, and that we must do everything we can to attain this beauty … or else.

Depending on our culture, family, and childhood, the beauty ideals we grew up with might be different from other people.

But regardless, these ideals have a very similar effect on us: they cause massive low self-esteem throughout adulthood, until we recognize and release them.

That’s what we explore in this episode, where we meet Sharon, 32, who has been trying to lose about 15 pounds – but can’t figure out why she’s unable to fully commit to her diet and exercise.

Growing up in Chinese culture, Sharon learned from watching Chinese beauty pageants on TV that to be thin and light was beautiful. She was mesmerized by the beauty contestants, and imagined herself one day being as pretty and elegant as they were.

Her parents and community also echoed this value, and her weight fluctuations were frequently a topic of conversation. All of this was even more confusing to Sharon because, in Chinese culture, sharing food is a way of sharing love. Her dad was an amazing chef and made delicious food – and she was encouraged to relish it, just not too much of it.

Now as an adult, Sharon understandably has a lot of conflicted feelings about food and her body. She finds herself still wanting to achieve the ideal body, the one she dreamed of as a little girl.

But that thin, lythe body always feels just out of reach – no matter how hard she tries to diet or get to the gym. Sharon just can’t quite get herself to consistently do the things that she thinks would help her lose weight – and she’s wondering what to do.

So in this episode, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, explores:

✅ The keys to recognizing childhood conditioning around body image – and how to begin to let it go.

✅ Why the belief, “I’m not good enough,” will almost always derail our weight loss efforts.

✅ Weight loss as an emotional, non-linear type of goal, and why this matters in the weight loss journey.

✅ Learning to approach weight loss from a place of inspiration and self-love.

No matter where we’re from or what our background is, almost all of us have been taught certain beliefs around weight and beauty. But as this episode demonstrates, we don’t have to keep feeding these beliefs.

We get to choose which beliefs we want to embrace – and one of the most important beliefs about ourselves we can ever choose is, “I love myself. I am enough.”

Enjoy this powerful episode!

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#bodyimage #weight #selflovejourney #innerchild #selfworth #selfacceptance #radicalselflove #foodpsychology

View Details

Perhaps more than any other food group, carbohydrates can really freak people out. You might say, carbs are one of the world’s great nutritional “hang-ups.”

And a big reason for this is we’ve been told carbohydrates will make us … fat.

Eat the wrong kinds, too much, and too often, and you’ll be popping the buttons off your jeans in no time.

So many of us then try to avoid or limit carbohydrates, but find ourselves struggling to sustain that.

Part of what makes carbohydrates so confusing is that we’ve come to believe they’re not only problematic to both our weight and health – but that they’re also somehow OPTIONAL.

Like we can just skip them and be A-OK.

👉 But the trouble is, we need carbs. They’re 1 of our 3 key macronutrients – the others being fat and protein – and the body absolutely requires them for its functioning.

Which is why examining and releasing our negative beliefs about carbohydrates, weight, and health is so vital. Otherwise, we’re at risk for staying in strife and confusion around carbs, needing them for our body’s well-being but feeling like they’re also somehow bad for us.

In this episode, Marc David will explore our collective beliefs around carbohydrates, weight and health – and how to put an end to the fears so many of us hold around this food group.

You’ll meet 34-year old guest coaching client, Jessica, who holds some confusing beliefs about carbohydrates and their potential negative impact on her health and weight.

Jessica has been going through a lot in her personal life, and wants to believe that it can be okay to allow herself to enjoy food as a way of relaxing and letting go.

She’d like those foods to include carbs, but the podcasts and experts she listens to say they’re detrimental and she’d be best to avoid them. Plus, she has lost a bunch of weight and doesn’t want to risk gaining it back. Carbs seem to encourage her weight gain.

The problem is, whenever she’s stricter with carbohydrates – she inevitably boomerangs back, and eats even more. It seems she can never find peace and clarity when it comes to carbs.

So what the heck is Jessica to do?!

For Jessica and the rest of us in a similar place, we need to first recognize that carbohydrates are benign. They’re not an evil villain waiting to make you fat and unhappy.

🔲 Carbohydrates are simply food, here to help you live and be healthy.

Like any food, carbohydrates are asking you to be in relationship with them. And like any good relationship, you must first be in relationship with you and your body.

Reading all the books and knowing all the information, that’s helpful. That’s being an educated consumer.

But at some point, we must release the nutritional noise in our heads, and listen to our own body. Learning how to do this is one of the great challenges we face – a sort of lost art in this increasing digital age.

So if you’re like Jessica – a bit fraught over carbs, and whether to welcome them in or ward them off – don’t miss this episode!

Marc will explore:

✅ The common false beliefs we hold around carbs, including that eating carbs causes weight gain.

✅ Why and how to find a “middle ground” with carbs.

✅ Finding the willingness to experiment with carbohydrates, and learning what works and doesn’t work for your unique body.

✅ Noticing negative self-talk and weight hate, and how they can fuel the fear of carbs.

This session is a great reminder that finding our healthy natural weight means not only eating the right foods, but also thinking the right thoughts and listening thoughtfully to what your body is asking of you.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#carbohydrates #weight #antidietculture #foodfreedom #intuitiveeating #macronutrients #mindfuleating #relationshipwithyourbody #eatingpsychology

View Details

Many of us struggle with emotional eating. And that’s because food is a reliable way to manage our unwanted emotions. Think: Bored. Stressed. Lonely. Angry. Anxious.

When we’re experiencing difficult emotions, it’s natural to turn to food.

But here’s something that’s also common: some of us label ourselves as emotional eaters, when that’s not actually the case.

For some of us, something else altogether is going on:

We just LOVE food. A lot.

The truth is, some of us love food so much that we don’t know how to contain ourselves.

We overdo it because we love it so much. In the midst of our food love affair, it seems we can lose our ability to manage how much food we eat.

So it’s not so much that we have a “problem” with food – instead, we love it so much that we can easily go overboard.

If this sounds familiar, this episode will really hit home.

Marc David coaches 35-year old guest client, Romana, who has long assumed that she’s an emotional eater. In an effort to put an end to her ‘emotional eating,’ Romana wonders: how can she only eat when she’s hungry? What does she need to do to control herself? And why does she go against her own wishes when it comes to how much she eats?

But in the course of their session, Marc helps Romana recognize that her challenge is a bit different from what she imagines it to be.

What Romana believes is her “food issue” is actually just a deep love and excitement for food.

So how does Romana and the rest of us love food, without overdoing it?

By owning, honoring, and embracing that love.

And also learning that loving food in a good way – in a way that supports our body, mind, and soul – means we must cultivate some real SKILL. The truth is, most of us who struggle with emotional eating and overeating simply haven’t learned key skills around eating and pleasure.

So in this episode, you’ll hear Marc explore:

💟 Why embracing our inner Hedonist archetype is hard for so many of us to do – but why it’s so important to overcome emotional eating & overeating.

💟 How to experience pleasure wisely.

💟 Learning to “embody” with food – and recognize the signs of “checking out” when eating.

💟 How to slow down with food and allow your nervous system to register pleasure.

💟 Transforming excitement with food into fulfillment with food.

💟 How to ground yourself when you eat.

This positive and uplifting episode is a powerful reminder that our love for food is both natural and beautiful. Through embracing that love, we can find the nourishment and connection with food that is our human birthright.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#emotionaleating #emotionaleater #overeating #pleasure #hedonist #loveaffair #nourishment #relationshipwithfood #foodpsychology #podcast #marcdavid

View Details

For those of us who struggle with weight, are in a battle with food, or who have ongoing anxiety around eating, it’s no secret that these unwanted food and body challenges can have a myriad of possible causes.

Well, one of the more overlooked causes is something that many of us experienced when we were young:

➡️ Having an absentee parent.

This can mean:

👉 A parent who was never there, or was seldom there, or who came into and out of life in an erratic way.

👉 A parent who was around, but was emotionally absent and didn’t really show up for us in a meaningful way.

👉 Spending time in foster care, or being under the care of different relatives or friends because our parents were somehow unable to consistently parent us.

So how can having an absentee parent impact our relationship with food, body and weight?

When a child has an absentee parent, they experience that absence as a lack of love.

The child thinks, “If my mother or father isn’t communicating love and acceptance in a way that really lands for me, then something must be truly wrong with me. So I have to do something to be more lovable.”

The child might become a people pleaser, or become obsessed with winning approval. And for many young people, they eventually turn to their body to win that approval.

“If I can weigh the right amount and eat the right food and have the ideal body, then I will be lovable.”

And so begins a life of dieting, food restriction, binge eating, emotional eating, and a constant battle with food. 💔

This is exactly what Marc David’s guest coaching client, Maxine, has been experiencing for decades – and that she explores with Marc in this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast.

Maxine, age 58, was placed in foster care for 5 years at a young age. She loved her mother deeply, and couldn’t understand why her mother gave her away. She wondered how she could possibly be lovable if her own mother gave her away?

How does a child make sense of their world when the person who brought them into it has abandoned them?

That’s what Maxine has been grappling with throughout her adulthood, even as she’s raised 4 amazing kids of her own.

What Maxine hasn’t quite connected is how her mother’s abandonment has affected her relentless battle with food – including daily binge eating, weight, food anxiety, and harsh judgment towards her body.

So how ARE they connected? Is there something Maxine can uncover in the relationship with her mother that will shine light on why she’s struggled with food and body for so long?

And if so, how can Maxine begin to find healing from absentee parenting syndrome – and allow that to transform her relationship with herself and her body?

Episode highlights:

🌟 How our relationship – or lack thereof – with our parents can mirror our relationship with food and body.

🌟 The ways that absentee parent syndrome can cause us to reject and abandon ourselves later in life.

🌟 How to spark self-love when we never got that from our parents.

🌟 Healing our relationship with our parents when they’re no longer alive.

🌟 Why letting go of “longing for” a different body is so important to maturing into our Royal Archetype, and how we can begin to embrace ourselves, as we are.

For those of us whose parents were not able to be there for us, Marc has an important message – and one we hope you won’t miss!

Be sure to tune into this heartwarming, life-affirming episode…

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#bingeeatingrecovery #weight #bodyimage #overeating #healingjourney #innerchildhealing #reparenting #relationshipwithyourbody #radicalselflove #eatingpychology

View Details

Ever hear the phrase “health is wealth?”

For many people, we don’t quite recognize how valuable our health is until we find illness or injury knocking.

Enjoying robust health is truly the foundation of a happy, fulfilled, and connected life.

But it’s also true that worrying about our health, or being vigilant about every aspect of our diet and lifestyle, can actually take us in the opposite direction of vitality – as Marc David explores with 53-year old Daniela.

Daniela’s health anxieties – like many people – were born at a young age.

As a child, Daniela had always thought she was pretty – gorgeous, even. But at the age of 15, her father told her she was overweight, and in that single instant, her whole world flipped. She began to have constant intrusive thoughts that she was fat, and that something was wrong with her – something that she just had to figure out how to fix.

Now almost 40 years later, Daniela has endured a series of serious health challenges: a pituitary tumor, thyroid dysfunction, knee surgery, and more.

The more health challenges that develop, the more she worries.

And her doctors do little to alleviate her concerns – with all their talk of visceral fat, and cholesterol, and how important it is to lose weight.

Daniela’s life feels like it’s constricting around her.

She’s tired of the decades of yo-yo dieting. She just wants to eat food that nourishes her, be at a moderate weight, and enjoy a healthy life.

But she can’t escape the feeling that her body is against her.

So in this session, Marc helps Daniela see her story and her relationship with her body from a different perspective: that of her soul.

Because it’s Daniela’s soul that is calling out for a different kind of life: one where she can stop fighting herself and instead embrace the precious life she has the opportunity to live.

If you’re like Daniela, caught in worries about whether your health and weight is on the right track, be sure to tune into this episode!

You’ll hear:

✅ A much-needed wake up call for why it’s time to surrender and let go.

✅ 5 key steps Marc shares for how we can release our health anxieties.

✅ How our metabolic capacity is connected to our personal power.

✅ A soulful exploration of our collective beliefs around weight and lovability.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weight #health #healthanxiety #spiritualgrowth #personalgrowth #eatingpsychology #foodpsychology #mindbodynutrition #marcdavid

View Details

A surprising fact about the weight loss universe is that despite so many built-in difficulties, plenty of people have success. So often, we DO actually lose the weight, we hit our target number - or come close to it, we celebrate, we feel good, we fit into our clothes, and life is finally great. We did it.

But then, something happens.

Somehow, the weight we lost finds its way back home.

Our efforts worked, but only for a brief time.

If this sounds at all familiar to you, you’ve probably asked the question, “Why does the weight come back on? And what can I do to ensure that this unwanted result never happens again?”

This is exactly what you’ll find answers to in this episode.

Marc works with Liz, age 54, a mother of four who’s looking to lose about 40 pounds. The good news is, Liz has lost the weight before. The bad news is, it came back.

So on the one hand, Liz knows what to do, but on the other hand, she knows that what she does doesn’t last.

Marc helps Liz see that the weight comes back on for one very common reason:

She FORCED her body into weight loss.

If we have to go to extremes to lose weight, if we need to artificially push the body, deny it any pleasure, demand that it go hungry, follow a super strict diet, and devote all of our mental, emotional and physical energy into weight loss - then, well… we’re going to rebound.

In fact, it’s predictable.

So, the key to making sure that the weight we lose doesn’t come back on is to make sure that the WAY we lose it isn’t forced.

Tune in as Marc helps Liz see that success with sustainable weight loss means:

✅ Practicing mindful eating rather than willful eating.

✅ Listening to her body rather than overriding it.

✅ Finding the middle ground with food instead of being “all or nothing.”

✅ And nourishing her body rather than punishing it.

If you’re interested in the kind of weight loss that’s more relaxed and truly lifelong, then you won’t want to miss this session!

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weight #weightlossjourney #chronicdieting #foodfreedom #mindfuleating #eatingpsychology #foodpsychology #holisticnutrition #marcdavid

View Details

When it comes to nutrition and health, there can be a lot to worry about:

✴️ How do I control my desires and avoid the foods that are bad for me?

✴️ How can I eat to successfully lose weight?

✴️ How do I stop sabotaging myself?

✴️ And can I stick to a good nutritional program for the sake of my health?

If you find yourself having multiple worries around food, weight or health, you’re not alone. So many of us sincerely want to get things “right.”

But it can often seem like an impossible task. Our worries tend to get the best of us. They persist, and they’re happy to follow us everywhere.

Ultimately, our job is to learn how to find inner peace and calm in the nutritional storm.

And that’s exactly what you’ll learn about in this episode.

Tune in as Marc David works with Kesia, a mother of five who has multiple food and body concerns on her mind. Marc helps Kesia begin to let go of worry by showing her the very place where those worries are coming from:

➡️ Her beliefs.

Kesia knows quite a bit about nutrition and health. She’s an acupuncturist who’s committed to helping others. And like so many of us who’ve learned a thing or two about what to eat, Kesia has some hard and fast rules:

✅ She believes that gluten and dairy should be avoided.

✅ She’s convinced that she must lose 5 kilos so she can be healthy.

✅ She’s certain that she needs to follow her own food rules perfectly.

✅ She wants her children to eat the same way she does.

✅ And she tells herself that her diet must guarantee her good health.

The challenge is though, life isn’t always so neat and tidy. Kesia finds herself eating gluten and dairy as “reward” foods. She knows her kids will rebel if she eliminates these foods. And she finds herself worrying about her own long term health.

The good news is, Kesia – and the rest of us – don’t have to be plagued by nutritional beliefs that cause us to worry and fret.

As you’ll hear, Marc helps Kesia unravel her beliefs one-by-one, while helping all of us understand how we can apply his strategies to our own life.

So be sure to tune into this episode, where Marc empowers all of us to discover how to create a nourishing relationship with food – minus the worrying, obsessing, and perfectionism!

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#nutrition #nutritionist #healthyeating #healthyhabits #healthylifestyle #anxiety #perfectionism #selfsabotage #eatingpsychology #foodpsychology #psychologyofeating #marcdavid

View Details

Chances are, you’ve had the experience of hearing conflicting voices in your head when it comes to food and body.

One part of us can clearly say: “I absolutely must lose weight.”

While another part of us can simultaneously whisper: “I’m tired of dieting. Maybe I should just give up and love my body as it is.”

And from here, an inner conflict unfolds.

On the one hand, we can find ourselves motivated to stick to a diet, get to the gym, and do everything we can to control our appetite. After all, we know how much happier we’ll be when we hit our weight loss number.

But another part of ourselves can feel uncomfortable with making our happiness contingent on how we look. After all, shouldn’t the goal be to unconditionally love and accept ourselves, no matter what?

This question of whether you should change your body – or embrace it – is something many of us are struggling to answer – and that Marc David takes on in this episode.

Marc works with James, 52, who has long wanted the body of his dreams: trim, fit and muscular like a lifeguard.

It’s a bucket list kind of wish, a goal that James knows will make him feel a huge sense of accomplishment and satisfaction. He’s even reached his dream goal several times, and has loved the feeling of having a fit, sculpted body.

But James is torn, because another voice inside just wants to love his body as it is right now, and feel like he’s good enough without the need to change anything.

So, with all these conflicting voices living inside of his head, what should James do?

Tune in to hear Marc help James discover a way through the paradoxical journey of learning to love oneself amidst the desire to have a certain body. They explore topics of weight loss, body acceptance, emotional eating, and the path to greater self-love.

Episode highlights:

✅ The unexpected ways our inner critic can drive emotional eating, and weight challenges.

✅ Why we withhold self-love, and how to turn this around.

✅ Unwinding the negative belief that you can’t have the life you want until you have the ideal body.

✅ Keys to satisfying the needs of our various inner archetypes, or “voices.”

✅ And much more…

This is a powerful session that explores the many voices or archetypes that live inside of us, and how to empower these voices to become our best allies.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#bodyimage #weight #bodypositivity #bodyacceptance #bodyliberation #foodfreedom #dieting #emotionaleating #selflovejourney #eatingpsychology

View Details

Picture this:

You’re trucking along your day – everything’s going pretty well, when BOOM:

You see a picture of yourself, and you’re instantly triggered.

“Is that really what I look like?” you ask yourself.

You can’t believe your appearance. Maybe it’s extra weight, or the shape of your hips or stomach.

But whatever it is – you feel your heart start to sink, and a crushing sadness races in.

Before you know it, you’re spiraling into that incorporeal place made famous on Netflix’s acclaimed series.

(And let’s just say, it’s not “The Good Place.”)

Sound familiar?

Most of us have had the disconcerting experience of getting triggered around our weight or appearance. So in this episode, we take a special look at body image triggers, where they come from, and how to begin healing them.

You’ll hear Marc David work with 41-year old Jen on her triggers with weight and body image.

While Jen is hungering for weight loss – she’d love to lose around 40 pounds – she comes to realize in working with Marc that there’s something she’d like even more:

Being able to love and stand by herself, even if she’s not yet at her goal weight.

Because Jen’s body image triggers have been preventing her from so many things, such as:

• Taking photos of herself with loved ones.
• Role modeling a healthy body image to her daughters.
• Feeling confident in her own skin.
• Living in a state of freedom and joy.

Tired of feeling sad, afraid, and anxious about her weight, Jen is ready for a big shift … even if she’s confused about how to get there.

While her wisdom, self-kindness, and high values have served her well so far, her body image triggers are clearly still blocking the way.

But one thing she’s clear about? It’s time to break the door down.

Nothing is going to stop Jen from doing the inner work she needs to do, so she can finally embrace herself – and the life she so deserves.

Listen in as Marc shares:

• How to understand the root causes behind your weight and body image triggers.
• Reframing the core negative beliefs and old traumas that are often at the root of body image challenges.
• How to recognize and shift how you speak to yourself about your body.
• A powerful exercise for learning to embrace your appearance.
• And much more…

Don’t miss this remarkable eating psychology coaching session, where Marc lays out the path for all of us who are ready to release our body image triggers, and discover just how good life can be on the other side.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#bodyimage #bodypositivity #bodypositive #bodyneutrality #selfimprovement #selfawareness #selflove #weight #weightloss #dieting #psychologyofeating

View Details

Managing emotions with food, otherwise known as emotional eating, is something that humans have been doing for millenia. And the reason is simple: when we eat, we reliably feel better – no matter how fleeting those “feel-good” feelings may be.

While many people intuitively understand that emotions play a key role in our eating habits, it can often be a lot harder to understand the emotions themselves.

The truth is, our inner emotional world is fantastically complex, and influences our relationship with food in so many diverse and fascinating ways.

Which brings us to guest coaching client Beverley, 70, whose deepest desire is to understand the “dark places” inside herself that drive her to food – and to finally bring healing to the challenging emotions she’s been feeling for over 50 years.

As Beverley shares with Marc David, she’s never really been able to understand her negative feelings, where they came from, or why she has them.

Beverley reflects that she’s had an “amazing life,” with so many blessings. She’s developed a fulfilling career as a theater director, helping young people develop their skills and confidence as an actor. She raised four incredible children of her own, and was, herself, born to a remarkable mother who always inspired and supported her.

And it’s this latter feature of Beverley’s life – her special bond with her mother – that is especially interesting.

As Marc explores with Beverley, her love for her mother runs so deep, and a very real part of her – her Child Archetype, doesn’t seem to want to let go. Even though Beverley’s mom has long since passed away, a part of Beverley still wants to be her mother’s daughter.

Her uncanny way of staying connected with her mom is by continuing to engage in a behavior – emotional eating – that she knows her mom would have always encouraged and supported her to not judge herself for. By turning to food and being childlike when it comes to soothing her emotions with eating, Beverley has found a way to symbolically stay connected to her mother.

As Marc reflects, sometimes our “dark places” aren’t actually what they seem. They aren’t actually dark, or sinister, or even flawed.

They’re just young parts of ourselves that hold onto a pattern out of fear of letting go of something – or someone – we love.

So be sure to tune into this powerful, wise, and heartfelt session that highlights the mother-daughter connection when it comes to food, and how we can continue to learn, grow and transform at any age in life.

Episode highlights:

✅ Why “going dark” with food isn’t always what it seems.

✅ Key transformational tools to bring consciousness to your own unique relationship with food.

✅ Why overcoming emotional eating often requires us to “graduate” from our parents house.

✅ Learning to see yourself as equal to your parents – and why that matters when it comes to food.

✅ How to forgive yourself around food and emotional eating.

✅ And much more!

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating
• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage
• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/
• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#emotionaleating #emotionaleatingjourney #relationshipwithfood #wisdom #innerchild #childarchetype #selflovejourney #selfsoothing #bekindtoyourself #loveyourself #elder #holisticnutrition

View Details

When it comes to body weight, most of us are focused on one thing: losing it!

But many people aren’t prepared for what happens after weight loss.

Any thoughts we may have about post-weight loss life are pretty dreamy. We imagine we’ll feel uber confident, accomplished, and ready to boldly move forward in life.

But all too often, that simply isn’t the case.

For many, the striving and struggle for weight loss ends up getting replaced by an equally unwelcome visitor: WEIGHT WORRY.

That can look like constant fear that we’ll gain the weight back, or nagging anxieties that we really should lose another few pounds.

Our food worries continue, and the voices in our head never stop criticizing. We judge our body, we shame ourselves for having body fat, and we belittle ourselves for not having absolute control over food.

While weight worry might fit into that box called a “1st world problem” – it can nevertheless be pretty debilitating.

So what do we do when losing weight doesn’t stop us from worrying about weight?

Tune into this episode to find the answer.

You’ll hear from guest coaching client, Armine, 51, who has dieted for most of her life – and recently lost weight after a gastric sleeve operation. Armine thought she’d feel happier, but instead is often consumed by intense anxiety that she’ll gain the weight back.

How can Armine shift into a new relationship with her body, where she’s not constantly worrying and fretting about her weight?

As Marc David helps Armine see, it’s a question of how she finds peace with herself and her body. Through a powerful new approach focused on personal growth, embodiment, and self-compassion, Armine discovers how to reframe her lifelong struggles with weight – and forge a beautiful new path forward.

Some of the key episode highlights include:

✅ How to send the body the unmistakable message that it’s a safe and welcome place, and why that matters when it comes to weight worry.

✅ Using a favorite form of “embodiment” to quiet the mind.

✅ Let go of perfection through the power of the Queen archetype.

✅ A key breathing technique to shift energy out of the mind and into the body.

This fascinating session demonstrates that weight loss by itself doesn’t guarantee inner peace and happiness. Freeing ourselves from weight worry ultimately comes down to living in joy – which is a daily practice we devote ourselves to, no matter how we look or what we weigh.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weight #weightworry #dieting #yoyodieting #weightlossjourney #selfawareness #personalgrowth #marcdavid #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #positivepsychology

View Details

Night-time binge eating.

It’s a pastime that many people struggle with, and can feel truly insurmountable.

But nightly binge eating doesn’t have to get the best of you.

The reality is, there’s a clear road to recovering our power and being in control with food – all that’s needed is a deeper understanding of why nighttime binge eating – otherwise known as “nighttime eating syndrome” – happens, and a wise framework for overcoming it.

In this episode, we meet guest coaching client, Megan, who would like to finally break free from this challenging nighttime habit.

As a former fitness competitor, Megan spent many years on a low-calorie diet. Eating only 1,200 calories a day, and exercising extremely hard, Megan would find herself ravenous at night. And this would inevitably lead to giving into unwanted cravings – and heavy duty self-rejection.

Years later, Megan is no longer competing, and isn’t so restrictive with her diet. She eats well, and takes care of her body. And yet, she hasn’t been able to kick her nightly binge eating … a habit that takes a full 2 hours every night snacking, munching, and roaming the kitchen for food.

Disempowered and deflated, Megan feels like a failure with food.

As Marc David helps Megan see – it’s understandable given her history that she’s having a hard time kicking her nightly binging. Bringing compassion and self-awareness to the table is the first step in transforming nighttime eating syndrome.

The next step is identifying an effective approach that addresses the root problem.

And that’s where things get really interesting in this episode!

Marc offers Megan a soulful, unusual approach to healing binge eating that you won’t hear anywhere else.

So, please be sure to tune into this powerful episode to discover this beautiful tool in overcoming binge eating! Marc gets to the heart of why we eat at night, and how to gently transform it without the fight or struggle.

Some of the key insights & practices you’ll learn:

✅ The concept of “conscious ritual” – and why it matters.

✅ Identifying nourishing nightly rituals that powerfully transform binge eating.

✅ The relationship between “fast eating” and nighttime cravings

✅ The counterintuitive need to stop fighting and criminalizing nighttime eating.

✅ Learning to trust pleasure & how to make friends with food.

✅ And much more…

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating
• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage
• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/
• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#nighttimeeatingsyndrome #bingeeating #nightlybingeeating #consciousritual #fasteating #emotionaleating #mindfuleating #sloweating #foodpsychology #marcdavid

View Details

Like so many of us, Cherie, age 56, wants to lose 20 pounds – but without the constant fight and struggle. Cherie has been battling these 20 pounds just about all her adult life – and she’s feeling ready for a new approach.

Cherie’s kids are about to leave the house, and she’d like to focus on her life for the first time in many years. She dreams of letting go of her day job and taking on an exciting new career, and she knows that now’s the time to step into her power. Everything is falling into place for Cherie to take a big leap in life.

But her weight continues to weigh her down.

In this week’s episode, Marc David coaches Cherie to finally have a breakthrough with her weight. And it’s all about focusing on this one weight loss secret:

➡️ Becoming a natural eater.

You see, Cherie has been a rather unnatural eater. Since age 13 when she was a young gymnast, her life revolved around working out, looking trim, having very little body fat, and winning the approval of others. For young Cherie, food quickly became the enemy. Eat too much of it, and everyone will notice your extra body fat. Starve yourself, and you’re doing exactly what you need to do to keep being loved and successful.

Unfortunately, Cherie has taken this same unnatural relationship with food that developed during childhood into her adult years. She has no idea what it’s like to truly enjoy food and not be on a diet.

As their conversation unfolds, Cherie opens up to what being a natural eater might feel like, including:

✅ Making friends with food.

✅ Letting go of the inner bully that’s beating herself up around weight.

✅ Allowing herself to feel hungry, eat a meal, and enjoy it.

✅ Stop looking at food like it’s going to become fat on her body.

✅ Give dieting a long vacation.

✅ Listen to her body’s wisdom when it comes to food.

As this episode explores, having an honest and sustainable approach to weight loss means that we need to look beyond dieting, calorie restriction, and self attack. Instead, finding a natural rhythm as an eater, finding nourishment in food, and discovering what our individual body needs is key.

When we’ve been trying weight loss strategies for decades and they continue to fail us, it’s time for a new approach. Tune into this fascinating session and watch as Cherie realizes why her approach to weight loss hasn’t worked, and how she can have a whole new and inspiring weight loss journey.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating
• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage
• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/
• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#naturaleating #intuitiveeating #bodywisdom #stopdieting #antidiet #weightlossjourney #weightloss #marcdavid #psychologyofeating

View Details

Raelene, 46, would love to lose about 40 kilos. And she’s had great success in the past: all she has to do is eliminate sugar, cut down on the carbs, watch her calories and portion sizing, and the weight will eventually come off.

But the problem is, she just can’t seem to stick to a diet plan for more than a few months.

A cooking teacher and mother of two, Raelene says she simply doesn’t have the discipline to stick with it. And after 15 years of off-and-on-again dieting, Raelene still hasn’t reached the promised land – and like so many of us, is pretty frustrated and confused about what to do.

This is clearly a conundrum.

She knows what she needs to do, but she just doesn’t have the discipline to do it.

In this episode, Marc David helps Raelene realize something important:

Diagnosing the cause of her weight challenges as a lack of self-discipline is misplaced. And we know that to be true, in part, because her many years of trying to simply muster more discipline hasn’t been working. Discipline by itself will never solve her weight loss problem.

The reality is, Raelene hasn’t been in the right conversation with herself, all because of an incorrect assessment she made about herself many years ago.

As you’ll hear in this episode, Marc helps Raelene refocus on the true heart of the matter:

⇒ Understanding what’s truly driving her relationship with food (her eating psychology), and changing her core beliefs about food, weight, self-worth, and lovability.

So many of us focus on our weight from a place of judgment. But we deserve so much more than that. When we can bravely learn to step away from our harsh inner critic, and instead evoke compassion towards ourselves, we can discover what’s really behind our patterns with weight.

For Raelene, part of that is understanding the impact of what she learned in childhood about weight loss: she was a “good” girl only if she was slender. Fat girls would never be loved and accepted.

It’s no wonder that food became a source of anxiety, and the simple act of eating took on so much stress and pressure. If being overweight means being unlovable, then everything she eats must be just right, and her appetite must be in absolute control so she can finally receive love.

But the reality is, Raelene knows deep down inside that this is a battle she can never truly win. So a part of her rebels against dieting because her dieting is being driven from a place of low self worth. Eating to prove one’s self worth is unnatural, and it goes against our humanity and our dignity.

Marc helps Raelene see the beautiful truth that she is unconditionally loved by her kids, her husband, and the people who care about her the most. There is no one in her life who needs her to lose weight so she can be more lovable. Except for herself.

And it’s time to give herself some love when it comes to her body and her weight.

Episode highlights:

• Eating psychology tools to help change unhelpful beliefs about food and body
• How to take the pressure off of weight loss, while also setting ourselves up for weight loss success
• How to shift out of dieting mentality
• Discovering who you are as an eater, and why that matters when it comes to weight
• How to quiet the unwanted inner conversation around food
• And more…

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weight #bodyimage #sellove #weightlossjourney #sustainableweightloss #foodandbody #eatingchallenges #emotionaleating #chronicdieting #yoyodieting #antidet

View Details

Barbara, 60, is finally ready to explore the world, go on adventures, and find the man of her dreams. She’s done lots of therapy, read all the books, and it seems like nothing should be in the way.

But something is clearly holding her back.

A lifetime of dieting and disliking her body, and a string of unfortunate dating experiences in the past has her majorly doubting herself. Barbara so deeply wants to move on and create the life she feels like she’s long overdue for – but there’s part of her that is having a really hard time trusting that it’s possible.

For all of us who struggle with weight and body image, this can be an all-too familiar story.

What do we do when we’re ready to embrace life, but we feel held back by negative constructs about our body, our weight, and our past? How do we heal patterns that have been around for decades? And how do we find trust in life when we’ve been previously hurt?

In this episode, Marc David identifies some of the hidden forces at work that are driving Barbara’s confusion, and delivers some powerful advice to help her take a big step forward.

At the core of Barbara’s challenge is a lack of confidence in herself, and her body – which are intimately entwined. To help Barbara find her confidence and self assuredness, Marc focuses on a surprising area: cultivating her dating and relationship skills.

Previously, Barbara wasn’t clear about what she wanted, and what she was willing to put up with when it came to dating men. But as Marc helps her to see, it’s time to bring clarity to this important part of her life.

Using the powerful frame of our eating archetypes (or inner personas that drive our life and relationship with food) – Barbara realizes that her inner Child Archetype has often been the one making her decisions. But as Marc shares, it’s Barbara’s Queen Archetype that is best suited to help her find her inner confidence and choose the right partner.

When our inner Queen or King Archetype is leading the way, we can finally transform our lives through the maturity and self-knowing that these personas represent … and make the very best decisions for our life and relationships.

Episode highlights:

✅ How our relationship with food often reflects our intimate relationships.

✅ How developing dating and relationship mastery can help us transform old insecurities into massive self-confidence.

✅ Why listening to your dating intuition is essential to finding the right partner.

✅ Owning the power of “no” without needing to apologize.

✅ How to restore our trust in ourselves, our body, and our relationship with food.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Struggling to understand what’s at the root of your challenges with food and body? Discover the eating archetypes, or hidden personalities, that may be driving your eating challenges in our free mini-course, THE 8 EATING ARCHETYPES: A Self-Discovery Tool. Sign up here: https://psychologyofeating.com/eating-archetypes/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#bodyimage #bodyconfidence #bodypositivity #weight #weightlossjourney #dating #datingafter60 #relationships #foodfreedom #selfconfidence #selflove

View Details

If you’ve been dieting for many years, you know it can get to be a little “much.” Chronic dieting can leave us frustrated, exhausted, and exasperated. Why does something so simple – weight loss – have to be so hard?

Millions of people around the world are realizing that they’re just plain tired of dieting. So much so that an increasing number of people are deciding to take a break from weight loss altogether.

But taking a diet break doesn’t alleviate the very real fear that many of us experience: that the second we stop dieting, we’re going to gain weight.

In this episode, Marc David works with Stephanie, 47, who has taken a 1-year break from weight loss – but has gained a stone (about 14 pounds) during that time, and is afraid she’ll only gain more.

Nevertheless, she’s given herself this time to move away from “weight loss at all costs” to approaching her weight from a mindset perspective, and doing all the reading and learning she can from self-help experts like Dr. Kristin Neff and Brene Brown.

As Stephanie shares, she’s at an inflection point. She’s been dieting since she was a teenager, often with the help of slimming clubs that are popular in the U.K. She became so disenchanted by her experience in the weight loss world, that she knows she can’t go back.

She believes that her spiritual path lies in trusting her body and accepting it the way it is – but three decades of dieting have lodged deep-seated fears around weight gain.

Stephanie asks, “What can I do to overcome the conditioned fear of weight gain?”

Regardless of where we’re at with our weight, this is one of the very best questions we can ask of ourselves. Because the truth is, we may want to lose weight … but deep down, we’re wanting to love and accept ourselves even more.

Episode highlights:

✅ Why finding the right foundation for ourselves as a person – one based on our true value instead of our weight – is so important.

✅ Why it’s unrealistic to think you’ll 100% accept yourself one day – and why allowing yourself to be imperfect can help you heal and grow.

✅ How our collective judgment around weight clouds the notion of what it means to be truly healthy.

✅ Why BMI science is outdated, and can contribute to our weight gain fears.

✅ The interplay between “self” and “self-improvement” and why we need to sometimes let go and allow ourselves to simply “be.”

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#dietbreak #antidiet #dieting #weight #relationshipwithfood #selfimprovement #selftrust #selfacceptance #eatingpsychology #holisticnutrition #marcdavid #podcast

View Details

Emotional eating always has a psychological or biological reason for showing up in our life. It never just “happens” … it’s almost always an unconscious psychological strategy to regulate difficult emotions.

That’s the case for guest coaching client, Katy, who’s going through a period of massive change – and is struggling to manage her feelings about it all. As a newly-turned 30-year old, Katy is figuring out what’s important to her in life, what sort of career she wants to pursue, and how she wants to earn money. She’s hoping to find a life partner, and would one day like to become a mother.

And all this great change is bringing up major uncertainty, as well as feelings of anxiety, fear, and self-doubt.

Amidst all of this, Katy has been experiencing on-off cycles of emotional eating, overeating, and body judgment. She wishes her food habits didn’t feel like such a roller coaster ride, and that she could just feel consistently joyful and positive about her relationship with food and her body.

But as Marc David explores with Katy, it can be pretty difficult to maintain a consistently positive and joyful relationship with food when the rest of our life is in a state of change and upheaval.

The truth is that our relationship with food is a reflection of the rest of our life. If we find ourselves in an uncertain time of life, it’s natural to feel uncertain and inconsistent with food.

Through self-awareness and self-kindness, we can begin to see food as the powerful and effective emotional regulator that it is – and stop making ourselves wrong for turning to it sometimes when we aren’t feeling so good about life.

As Katy looks to the bigger context of her life, she realizes that her love-hate cycles with food and body, and in particular, with emotional eating, are simply reflecting the cycles of change she’s experiencing in her inner and outer worlds. And with this new awareness, she can bring some much-needed forgiveness and self-compassion to herself – which ironically, can begin to free herself from the very unwanted eating patterns that are weighing her down.

Episode highlights:

✅ Why seeking to be in a constant positive state with food can keep us trapped in our eating patterns.

✅ How to find forgiveness and self-acceptance in your relationship with food – and why times of change call for it more than other times of life.

✅ How to know whether fasting or cleansing is right for your body, or when it might exacerbate yo-yo dieting tendencies.

✅ How to take baby steps with mindful eating.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#emotionaleating #overeating #bodyimage #relationshipwithfood #eatingpsychology #foodfreedom #intuitiveeating #mindfuleating #slowdowndiet #marcdavid #podcast

View Details

It’s no surprise that many people around the world would like to lose weight. In fact, between 2017 and 2021, 55% of all Americans have expressed the desire for weight loss. And unfortunately, many people who are single and would like to find love in their life are instead putting it off until they’re at their desired weight.

That’s the case for 41-year old Shawnna, our guest in this episode of the podcast.

Shawnna would like to lose about 50 pounds, and find a more peaceful relationship with food – one where she’s not constantly thinking about what, when, and how much to eat. As she shares, she’s tired of feeling like food and her weight is holding her back from following her dreams, including finding a significant other.

But despite her best efforts, Shawnna has struggled over the last decade to not see her weight as one of the most important aspects of life to overcome.

She’s tried every approach she knows to lose weight. And she’s tried everything to try to forget about her weight, move on, and have a happy life.

No matter what she does, Shawnna feels limited by her relationship with food.

So what should she do next?

As Marc David shares with Shawnna, part of the solution is remembering that our relationship with food is a great teacher – one of the key tenets of eating psychology, otherwise known as food psychology.

When we understand that our eating challenges are here to help us learn and grow, we can then turn to a powerful question: What is my relationship with food and body trying to teach me? What can I learn from this situation?

And for Shawnna – like so many of us, part of the answer lies in being clear about what we truly want from life – and learning how to prioritize and put those things first.

Episode highlights: ✅ How our family “tribe” influences our eating challenges, and what’s important to know as you’re healing your own relationship with food.

✅ Why learning to pay attention to our desires is key to transforming our food and body challenges — and how to start.

✅ How to be the “real” you now and have the life you want, even if the weight isn’t gone yet.

Tune in for a beautiful episode on not waiting to lose weight to find love. Because we all deserve to experience love in our life…

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weightloss #weightlossjourney #bodyimage #selflove #selfimprovement #foodfreedom #eatingpsychology #foodpsychology #marcdavid

View Details

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, we’re going to take a look at why we need to get past the label of ‘body dysmorphia’ – a medical term – and instead look to understand why body dysmorphia is actually present.

And to do that, we must explore our personal story from childhood to adulthood – because our history contains the clues for where this pattern developed in the first place.

The reality is, many of us have dysmorphic tendencies. Meaning, we see our body differently than it actually is – and not in a good way.

That’s the case for Rory, 62, who reports struggling with body dysmorphia since childhood. As he shares with Marc David, he’s never had a problem controlling what he eats. He’s been able to maintain his body fat at 8-10% consistently since his 20s through extreme sports and rigid dieting.

But none of his efforts ever feel like enough. Rory’s body hate runs so deep that he avoids mirrors and glass windows so he doesn’t see his reflection. In his mind, he wishes he had the body of an Olympic athlete, strong and lean and muscular. But that’s never been the body he sees reflecting back to him. He considers his body overly thin, with too little muscle regardless of how much strength training he does.

Despite all his internal struggles, Rory has a pretty incredible life: 5 kids and a beautiful marriage, and a lot of commitment to his own personal growth. He really wants to discover how he can stop the voice that says, “I hate my body” – and instead find peace and self-acceptance.

Whether you or a loved one is struggling with body dysmorphic tendencies – or find yourself, like Rory, telling yourself “I hate my body” – this episode is for you!

Episode highlights:

✅ Why self-labeling as “body dysmorphic” unnecessarily medicalizes our human condition, and why understanding our food and body story is more important

✅ The connection between body dysmorphia and our childhood strategies for self-protection and love

✅ Why bringing self-compassion to our inner child can powerfully shift body hate

✅ How to move from doing things TO your body to instead creating a nourishing conversation WITH your body – and why that’s key to fostering a positive body image

✅ How to create the optimal conditions for releasing body dysmorphic tendencies…

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#bodydysmorphia #bodyimage #bodypositivity #weightloss #weightlossjourney #selfawareness #selftalk #eatingpsychology #marcdavid #podcast

View Details

We all have different reasons for wanting to lose weight:

• Feeling lighter
• Being healthier
• Fitting into your “skinny” clothes
• Or sometimes, just feeling more confident…

And sometimes, there are hidden reasons for wanting to lose weight that we don’t even realize we have.

For Nataliya, 46, weight loss has been a lifelong journey. Nataliya wants to be more confident in her body, and to feel lighter. She jokes that her goal is to feel “like a squirrel” and be able to jump from branch to branch.

But what she doesn’t quite realize is that her desire to feel lighter is driven by a part of her that’s thinking some “heavy thoughts.”

And as Marc David explains, those heavy thoughts are all about her resistance to something that so many of us would like to avoid:

===> Aging.

Even though she is youthful, has a young child, a great marriage, and is in good health, Nataliya is starting to feel older – and her unwanted weight is just one more reminder of the aging process. She finds herself often longing for the body she had as a young girl.

As Marc points out, making peace with aging is a spiritual practice. And to find peace with our age, we ultimately need to connect with that part of us that’s wiser and more mature.

Because it’s perfectly understandable to have a hard time saying goodbye to our youth – but it’s also vital that we develop a healthy relationship with aging.

Along the way to making the powerful connection between weight and aging, Marc also helps Nataliya see that if she truly wants to lose weight, she needs to focus on a whole new approach, including:

✅ Letting go of needing the approval of others to feel that her body is “acceptable”

✅ Noticing when the “teenager voice” within her is taking over the weight loss conversation

✅ Finding peace with aging, and making it a spiritual practice

✅ Learning that body confidence doesn’t come from future weight loss … it happens when we do things, right NOW, that help us feel better in our body

✅ And much more…

Tune into this wonderful episode on aging, weight, and making peace with ourselves and our lives.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating
• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage
• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/
• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#aging #bodyacceptance #weight #spiritualpractice #selfacceptance #selflovejourney #foodfreedom #eatingpsychology #marcdavid

View Details

The desire to lose weight unites so many people around the world. And while it may be a common global phenomenon … what’s not frequently recognized is how unique all of our weight loss journeys turn out to be.

The truth is, if we want to lose weight and keep it off, we need to intimately understand our life story and how it affects our journey with weight.

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, you’ll meet Wendy, 57. She’s been on a strugglesome journey to lose weight. And one thing that particularly stands out in Wendy’s life story is the prominent role a particular archetype has been playing all these years:

Her Inner Child.

Each and every one of us has an “inner child” – which you can think of as an archetype – or “voice” or “personality” that shows up in different parts of our life. Here are some descriptions of the child within us:

• Our Inner Child wants immediate gratification.
• It loves pleasure and fun.
• It’s a part of us that’s very innocent and naive.
• Notably, the Inner Child doesn’t care about the consequence of its actions.
• This personality often takes over our decision making process when it comes to food and diet.

So what does this have to do with weight loss?

Well, when the Inner Child is sitting at the head of the table and making our food choices, it will go against our better judgment. It will make decisions that run counter to our goals of health and weight.

As you’ll hear in this episode, Marc David, master eating psychology expert, works with Wendy to explore her Inner Child and help her demystify her weight loss journey. For a long time, Wendy’s Inner Child has been at the head of the table, making nutritional decisions with little regard to the negative consequences.

Marc ultimately helps Wendy see that the best way for her to work with weight is to take charge of the different personalities inside of her, to accept her Inner Child’s desire for pleasurable food, and to let the voice of her Inner Adult run the show when it comes to her eating choices.

Along the way, they also cover some fascinating topics such as:

✅ Weight loss during Covid times

✅ Grieving and weight

✅ The impact of our primary relationship on weight

✅ The dynamics of the “good girl” and “bad girl” archetypes with food

✅ And much more…

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Struggling to understand what’s at the root of your challenges with food and body? Discover the eating archetypes, or hidden personalities, that may be driving your eating challenges in our free mini-course, THE 8 EATING ARCHETYPES: A Self-Discovery Tool. Sign up here: https://psychologyofeating.com/eating-archetypes/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weightlossjourney #eatingarchetype #innerchild #innerchildhealing #nourishnotpunish #foodpsychology #selflove #marcdavid

View Details

In this episode, Marc David works with Richard, 72, who is living in a constant state of vigilance when it comes to his weight and health.

Like so many of us, Richard has developed a belief that his diet must be perfect in order to maintain his health, avoid illness, and keep weight off.

And what happens if he can’t maintain the perfect diet?

The moment Richard gains a pound, he imagines that he’s just around the corner from a heart attack. He believes that if he doesn’t eat 100% perfectly all the time and at every meal, then his family history of arteriosclerosis will instantly catch up to him.

On top of that, Richard has an intense fear of gaining weight … having bounced back and forth between extreme weight gains and losses starting in his early twenties. He acknowledges that his lifelong challenges with weight were born from his early struggles with dyslexia, learning disabilities, and childhood feelings of isolation.

So even though Richard is a mature, successful and healthy 72-year old man, he simply can’t find a way to let go of incessant weight and health worries.

Listen in as Marc guides Richard into greater awareness of the emotional triggers that contribute to his quest for perfection and cause him to disconnect from himself whenever he eats.

Together they explore how to put an end to his worries about weight and health by focusing on his deeper purpose in his remaining years. Because ultimately, Richard is here to do more than feel trapped by his constant worrying – he, like the rest of us, is here to have a fulfilling and truly meaningful life.

You’ll also hear:

✅ How savoring the experience of eating can enhance the mind-body connection, improve digestion, and help regulate appetite.

✅ Why learning to minimize and manage stress is critical to lowering the risk for a variety of health conditions.

✅ How embracing food and body challenges as great teachers can help us to live a happier and more fulfilling life.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#antidiet #dietsdontwork #weightlossjourney #selflove #embodiment #foodfreedom #eatingpsychology #foodpsychology #marcdavid

View Details

When it comes to weight loss, so many of us feel that we need to restrict our food, punish the body with exercise, and be in a constant state of worry. We expect our weight loss journey to be an ongoing battle where we can never truly relax and live.

But there’s a much better way.

In this episode, Marc David works with guest podcast client David, and challenges the belief that weight and health goals have to be difficult. At age 74, David wants to lose weight and eat healthy, but he’s tired of all the hard work.

He knows what he wants, but he’s confused about how to get there.

David would like to enjoy food and not live in a state of restriction, but at the same time, he wishes he could be 40 pounds lighter.

Fed up by the cycle of working hard to lose weight, and then gaining it right back, David wonders:

“Can’t I just be me? When do I get to just live my life?”

Listen in as they explore the power of cultivating a more natural and easy relationship with food and body. Instead of punishing the body into weight loss, Marc helps David develop a strategy to nourish himself into finding his natural weight.

“You have a natural relationship with food and with your appetite. You just have to create the conditions for that to emerge,” Marc says.

Paradoxically, by taking weight loss off the table, not only can we finally relax and enjoy life, but we actually create the ideal conditions for real and lasting weight loss.

You’ll also hear Marc share valuable insights on:

✅ How putting “pressure” on food to make us lose weight doesn’t work.

✅ Creating a relaxed relationship with the body that gets us closer to our natural weight.

✅ How having a spiritual reckoning with ourselves can help us have a more loving body image.

✅ Why clarity about our life’s purpose is especially powerful for older men and health.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#ditchthediet #chronicdieting #weight #wisdom #bodyimage #holisticnutrition #mindbodyconnection #selfawareness #selfkindness #eatingpsychology

View Details

So many of us are trying to lose weight.

We can put all of our energy, our heart and soul, into fulfilling what seems like a simple desire - just lose a bunch of body fat.

When our efforts aren’t working though, things can get complicated.

We can become a bit anxious, and adopt the kind of beliefs that are intended to motivate us, but actually hold us back. These beliefs can include:

• I’m not good enough as I am
• I am not lovable
• Something is wrong with
• Once I lose the weight, then and only then can I finally be happy
• If I just work harder, then the weight will come off

When we think such thoughts, oddly enough, the body itself does not feel safe.

And when the body doesn’t feel safe, our physiology tends to hold onto weight.

That’s the dilemma Marc David helps our guest coaching client Carrie untangle in this episode.

After a recent weight loss, Carrie feels conflicted about the praise and positive comments she receives from the people around her. Far from feeling validated by the feedback, it seems only to raise the volume on her own self-judgment.

What’s most problematic though, is that Carrie equates losing weight with spiritual growth.

Meaning, Carrie believes that if she can work hard enough on her spiritual growth, then the last remaining pounds she wants to lose will magically drop away. From there, she imagines she can finally be her best and truest self, which she’s admittedly put on hold the last 20 years.

But as Marc helps her to see, that’s an extraordinary amount of pressure to pressure on our body, and ourself.

When we put off our happiness and satisfaction into the future, when we tell ourselves that “I can only be the real me once I lose weight” - we are assuring that the life we have right now is at best only half lived.

Follow the conversation as Marc guides Carrie in a process of decoupling weight loss from spiritual growth.

In the process, Marc helps Carrie redefine her approach to her own spiritual journey. He reminds her that, “just because there's places where you need to grow doesn't mean there's something wrong with you.”

He helps her see that true healing goes far beyond the size and shape of our body.

After all, when we look at our weight as proof that we are broken and defective, we just perpetuate a cycle of unhappiness, discontent, and constant judgment of our body.

Sometimes, finding peace with food and body simply means loving and accepting our body just as it is – right here, right now.

From this place, our journey to actually lose weight can be far more successful.

This episode also explores how:

✅ Owning our preferences means we don’t have to explain ourselves

✅ Self-acceptance creates an embodied sense of safety

✅ Our inner rebel can be a powerful ally in weight loss and in life

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weightlossjourney #dieting #spiritualgrowth #healing #selfhealers #selfawareness #wellnessjourney #eatingpsychology #foodfreedom

View Details

When it comes to weight, many people can identify with the concept of “weight extremism” – otherwise known as yo-yo dieting.

We’re “all in” with our health commitments, whether that’s daily exercise, a healthy diet, getting to bed early every night. We analyze, assess – and maybe even obsess about – every little morsel of food we put into our mouth.

And then, well – life happens. Tragedy happens. Stress happens.

Our habits start to unravel, and before we know it: our healthy lifestyle is kaput.

We’re secret-eating in the dark and binge eating when we think no one is looking.

The weight starts to creep back up, and before we know it, our weight has swung widely to the other side of the spectrum.

And every bite of food is accompanied by terrible, self-attacking thoughts like, “I’m so disgusting. I can’t believe I’m doing this again, I can’t stand who I’ve become.”

As Marc David explores in this episode, the extremist mentality can go way beyond the realms of food and body.

But in every case, our extremistic mentality simply isn’t sustainable – and when we fail to notice that, our heart, mind and body suffers.

That’s what’s happening with guest coaching client, Jeff, 53, who has gained and lost 100 lbs many times since he was young. Through extreme approaches like juice fasting and running marathons, Jeff has always been able to lose the weight.

But inevitably, something happens in life that throws him off. He gets divorced, his parents die, he moves. Grief arises, as does loneliness – and he turns to his familiar friend, food.

But Jeff is deeply tired of the yo-yo dieting, and of all the weight that piles on – and that’s so much harder to lose as he gets older.

And he’s exhausted of all the shame-filled, hurtful thoughts his brain hurls at him about how he’s “weak” – a message that’s all too familiar from the childhood lectures his parents used to give him around his food and weight.

So how can Jeff and the rest of us move beyond weight extremism, yo-yo dieting, and the “all or nothing” mentality? How do we find the middle ground with food?

Find out in this moving conversation…

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weightloss #emotionaleating #bingeeatingrecovery #shame #healingjourney #selfworth #selflovejourney #eatingpsychology #foodfreedom #mindfuleating

View Details

Food is so much more than just fuel for our bodies.

It’s also a powerful connector.

Food brings us together with family and friends, and allows us to express and receive love and appreciation, spark new relationships, create memories, discover and care for the world around us, and even navigate and explore our inner emotional and spiritual landscape.

Because food helps us feel connected, we may also reach for it in moments of disconnection, distress, isolation, and loneliness. We can turn to it for comfort, or for a sense of familiarity and reassurance.

And that’s because of a foundational, biochemical truth for every human being on this planet:

When we eat food, we feel better.

As Marc David unpacks in this episode, using food to self-soothe and comfort ourselves isn’t all bad. In fact, the conscious use of food to feel better can actually be beneficial.

Fifty-nine year old guest coaching client, Debra, endured the death of her late husband several years ago – and now finds herself again grieving the loss of a relationship – this time, a breakup.

In response to her grief and sadness, Debra has noticed she’s started eating compulsively in the evenings. And she feels ashamed of having gained some extra weight in recent months.

Follow their conversation, as Marc explores how the loss or absence of close relationships and social ties in our lives can mean we look to food to satisfy some of our most basic needs – and how, at different times in our life, that can be a therapeutic strategy.

🎧 Listen now to learn more about why eating for comfort or connections isn’t shameful, and can actually be supportive in our healing journey – if we learn how to make it work for us, not against us.

You’ll hear how consciously seeking intimacy through food can ease the pain of isolation, while prioritizing social time in everyday life can help protect us from falling into future loneliness.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#emotionaleating #nourishnotpunish #grief #loneliness #mindfuleating #intuitiveeating #selflove #eatingpsychology #marcdavid

View Details

Our culture is quick to praise dramatic weight loss. But it rarely acknowledges the heaviness that so often lingers afterward – the fear of gaining it all back.

When we’re afraid of being overweight, it’s easy to see food as the enemy. We’ll often try to skip meals and deny our appetite.

And it seems to make sense … After all, it’s food that makes us gain weight, right?

The challenge is, when we fear or blame food – or try to repress our biological need for nourishment, we can develop other unwanted eating habits like “sneak eating” or binge eating. Which often leads us to spiraling into even more fear about our weight.

That’s what we explore in this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, where Marc David finds our guest coaching client Tamara at a critical crossroads.

Tamara’s journey with weight began at age 10, when she was bullied for being heavy as a child. Through a series of lifestyle changes, Tamara, 48, has lost nearly 270 pounds – and yet, Tamara is still haunted by her weight.

With 10 more pounds she’d like to lose, Tamara lives in fear that her “addiction” to food and late-night eating will prevent her from further weight loss – and may well cause her to gain weight again.

So many of us can relate to Tamara’s fear of gaining weight. In fact, fear of weight gain is one of the most common food and body fears out there.

But as this episode demonstrates, being afraid of weight gain can take a huge toll on us. It undermines our mental and emotional well-being, and it can keep us in survival mode.

As Marc explores, one of the keys to healing our relationship with weight is learning to trust life, and seeing the beauty in our personal journey.

“Until you embrace the beauty of your journey, and the success of your journey,” Marc says, “all the little tricks and tools – they're not going to work.”

Follow along as Marc offers essential insights for understanding the toll our fears can have on us, and why learning to trust our journey is an essential ingredient in repairing our relationship with food and body.

You’ll also learn:

✅ Key tools for working with fear of weight gain

✅ Why the concept of “food addiction” can do more harm than good

✅ How food is the solution and not the enemy

✅ How to move from food fear to food freedom…

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weight #bodyimage #dieting #foodfreedom #antidiet #healingjourney #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology

View Details

When we’re facing a chronic health challenge, one of the great ways to help ourselves is to turn to food and diet. So many of us have had great success when using the “food as medicine” approach.

But what happens when our healing diet routine feels too restrictive?

And how do we reconcile our need to avoid certain foods with our natural desire for freedom and exploration?

These are just some of the questions Cecili’s hopes to unpack as Marc’s guest on this episode.

Cecili is a nutritionist who’s spent more than a decade self-treating her own inflammatory bowel disease. After rejecting conventional treatments, Cecili embraced a food-as-medicine approach which eliminated her symptoms within months.

Now, Cecili seeks support in one area that continues to confound her – fear and anxiety around introducing new foods into her diet, and their potential for causing unwanted symptoms.

Follow along as Marc supports Cecili to reframe her journey, from a focus on fear and anxiety to the development of self-trust.

“As you become more explorative in your life, it's going to be a little bit easier for digestion to relax,” Marc says.

And when we pair the experience of safety with the knowledge that we are capable of caring for ourselves amidst unwanted symptoms, then we can finally create a more relaxed and joyful nutritional journey.

Listen now to learn more about:

✅ How mental and digestive processes can mirror each other

✅ Why discerning between trust in body and trust in self creates space for exploration

✅ How to cultivate a relaxed and resilient mindset around trying new foods

✅ The importance of challenging limiting beliefs about what we require to be healthy

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#foodfear #ibs #anxiety #chronicillness #foodasmedicine #wellnessjourney #foodrelationship #eatingpsychology #nutrition #intuitiveeating #healingjourney

View Details

When it comes to food and weight, many of us have learned to treat our bodies as a kind of machine.

We know what our Body Mass Index (BMI) “should” be, and we strive to stay within it. We may severely restrict our caloric intake, increase our weekly exercise to the point of exhaustion, or take other extreme measures to lose weight.

And here’s the thing: these efforts often work, but the cost can be huge. At one point or another, most of us who pursue weight loss in this way end up feeling starved for pleasure and enjoyment in life.

That’s the world that Jacques, 55, has been inhabiting since childhood. As a rabbi, Jacques counsels members of his community and helps them find wisdom in their challenges and tribulations.

But when it comes to his personal relationship with food, Jacques is struggling to let go of what he refers to as his “obsession with food.”

Jacques has tried so many things to lose weight, such as addressing his gut microbiome, taking hCG (Human Chorionic Gonadotropin) for weight loss, and committing to work with a personal trainer three times a week, despite his extreme dislike for working out.

None of these efforts have led to lasting weight loss. Instead, Jacques is feeling even more anxious and confused about what seems like it should be a pretty simple thing: to be at his natural weight, to feel nourished by food, and to live a good life.

For so many of us focused on weight loss, we tend to think about what needs to be lost, removed, or restricted … when what would actually serve us is embracing our love of food, and opening up to pleasure as a source of healing and transformation.

As you’ll hear in this episode, Marc David reframes the idea of “food obsession” as it pertains to weight loss - and explores why cultivating a nourishing relationship with food necessitates inviting pleasure into our lives.

As you’ll hear, Marc explores:

✅ Why embracing our love of food is one of the most life-affirming steps we can take

✅ Finding the wisdom in our love of food and pleasure

✅ How to unwind the cycle of self-punishment that so often defines our relationship with food and body

✅ Following our joy when it comes to movement and eating

✅ Why finding our natural weight can only come when we’re truly embodied

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weightlossjourney #pleasure #relationshipwithfood #embodiment #loseweightnothate #slowdowndiet #dietsdontwork #healing #selflove #psychologyofeating

View Details

For so many of us, numbers hold power. Whether it’s our bank account, the calories on our plate, or our final exam score, we give tremendous meaning to numbers.

But there’s one number we often give the greatest meaning of all – and that’s our weight.

Most of us have a “number” in mind for what we “should” weigh, and we tend to believe in it wholeheartedly. We can place almost mystical significance on that figure, believing that the world – our world – will be so much different when we finally achieve it.

In this episode, we meet 52-year old Reni from Australia, who has been dieting since her 20s. At one point, she almost reached her weight loss goal of 55 kilos, but missed it by 1 kilo.

As Marc David explores with Reni, that 1 extra kilo held significance for her far beyond the weight itself. Reni holds the common belief that she’ll feel more confident about herself once she loses the weight. And that extra confidence boost could be just the thing she needs to get out of a job that’s draining her soul, and move on to more fulfilling work – something that is of great importance to her.

But as she shares, it’s challenging to focus on life goals when she hasn’t reached her goal weight.

So how does Reni – and the rest of us – get out of this never-ending loop? How can she take her power back, and place it where it matters most: on who she really wants to be, and how she wants to live her life?

As you’ll hear, Marc explores:

✅ Why we place magical or quasi-religious significance on weight, and how this can hold us back from the bigger life we’re yearning for

✅ The key mindset shift so many of us can benefit from: focusing on WHO you want to be instead of how much you want to weigh

✅ How to recognize when it’s time to have a weight loss “reckoning,” and how we can begin to think differently about our bodies – and our life

✅ The role of baby steps when practicing being the “real you”

✅ And more…

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weightloss #weightlossjourney #bodyimage #dieting #emotionaleating #selfacceptance #selflove #confidence #wellness #healthcoaching

View Details

One thing we learn very early in our journey with food and body is that everyone’s got an opinion. We find no shortage of health and nutrition experts offering a variety of strong, and often conflicting, perspectives too.

About healthy eating. About the ideal weight and body shape. About what we’re doing wrong.

“But who is right? Will it work for me? What if it doesn’t?”

And so we try everything – only to end up feeling overwhelmed, stuck, defeated, and lost.

That’s where we meet today’s podcast guest. Hara is an accomplished 55-year-old business woman who enjoys confidence in all areas of her life – except in her relationship with food.

Hara first started dieting at age 12 and has felt caught for decades in an unending cycle of perfectionism and restriction, followed by rebellious eating and overeating.

Though she managed to free herself from dieting in recent years, Hara says a peaceful relationship with food still eludes her. In her words, “Loving myself didn’t magically make the food conversation go away.”

She longs for more comfort and confidence when it comes to food and body, but can’t figure out what’s in the way.

In this episode, Marc explains and explores how our relationship with food has a way of humbling and humanizing us. It brings us face to face with our imperfections and the reality that perfection is unattainable.

During their conversation, Hara comes to the realization that a hidden perfectionism has been ruling her inner dialogue. She learns that by changing the way she speaks to herself and to her body, she can actually change the game.

“Everything depends on how we speak to ourselves,” Marc says.

Follow along as Marc offers powerful insights for how we can reclaim a sense of peace in that inner dialogue. He also shows how shifting that conversation can support a sense of renewed overall empowerment in our relationships with food and body.

You’ll learn about:

✅ How our inner dialogue shapes our experiences with food and body ✅ How personal relationships can support us in creating space for a loving inner dialogue ✅ How embracing preferences over perfectionism supports us in having the body we want ✅ Why being present and aware while eating is more effective than following “the rules” ✅ And more...

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#selftalk #perfectionism #foodfreedom #weight #overeating #selflove #selflovejourney #disorderedeating #eatingpsychology #foodpsychology #psychologyofeating #intuitiveeating #marcdavid

View Details

Regrets.

They’re something all of us have experienced over the years.

Whether it’s not following a dream career, missing out on the trip of a lifetime, or wishing you had been able to say that final goodbye, regrets can be truly hard to move on from.

As we explore in this episode, our regrets and disappointments in life can not only be difficult to get over, they can end up massively influencing every area of our lives – including our relationship with weight and food.

Think of it this way: regrets and disappointments are a burden. They hold us back mentally and emotionally, and keep us stuck in the past.

While we may not be consciously aware of them, our regrets can be a heavy weight – and we can end up associating that emotional weight with any physical weight we may be carrying.

As you’ll hear in this episode, Marc David works with 60-year old Mardeen around her desire to lose 7 pounds. Mardeen has already lost some weight, and would love to lose a little more.

Like so many of us, one of the key beliefs Mardeen holds is that she’ll feel lighter once she’s lost the weight.

But as Marc explores with Mardeen, it will be difficult to feel lighter so long as her lost dreams and past regrets continue to loom. For Mardeen, the dreams she never realized – losing the chance to have another child after an unplanned hysterectomy, and not pursuing her lifelong desire of becoming a professional artist – have become a kind of emotional weight.

And as long as the emotional weight isn’t addressed, no amount of physical weight loss will give Mardeen the deeper experience of lightness she truly desires.

So please tune into this episode, where we explore the important topic of life's regrets and disappointments, why it’s so necessary to honor and release them – and how doing so can give us the peace and freedom we’re looking for, and ultimately support our weight loss and fitness goals.

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weight #regrets #disappointment #weightlossjourney #bodyimage #emotionaleating #emotionalwellbeing #eatingpsychology #selfcare #selflovejourney #healthcoaching #holisticnutrition

View Details

When it comes to weight, most of us are focused on improving our physical metabolism.

We’ve been taught to think that weight loss is largely about reducing our caloric intake and increasing our daily exercise.

But what’s often not talked about are the role of hidden negative emotions in our weight journey.

We may acknowledge the importance of processing and integrating emotions like anger and depression for our mental health.

However, emotional metabolism is also essential for our physical health.

So in this episode, we explore anger and depression on the weight continuum.

Because so many people (especially women) have been taught that being angry isn’t OK … leading to depression, heaviness, and feeling stuck.

And while honoring and giving space for anger won’t necessarily translate into weight loss, it’s a vital step to:

✅ Affirming we are enough, just as we are – paving the way for greater self-acceptance and self-love

✅ Opening up to pleasure, whether we’re at our “ideal” weight or not

✅ Giving anger a voice, which many of us have never given ourselves permission to feel since childhood

As you’ll hear, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, works with 49-year old Julie who would like to lose about 30 pounds. Despite many lifestyle modifications and different diets, Julie’s weight won’t seem to budge – and she’s not sure what to do.

Through their conversation, Julie realizes just how long she’s been seeking her family’s approval – especially from her mother. Both sad and furious, Julie is ready to let go of her family’s commentary on her body, her choices, and her life, and discover what she finally hungers for out of life.

Tune in now for a moving conversation about how giving space for our anger is one of the most powerful and self-loving things we can do.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weight #weightloss #weightlossjourney #anger #emotionalwellbeing #emotionaleating #relationshipwithfood #eatingpsychology #selflove #selfacceptance

View Details

In this episode, we explore how, for some people, the lifelong desire to lose weight can reflect an unconscious attempt to “fix” parts of ourselves that we think are broken or somehow wrong – something that is common for those of us who have endured childhood trauma or abuse.

As we know, childhood abuse and trauma can take many forms. And for too many, the effects of that abuse linger on well into adulthood, touching just about every aspect of life – from our intimate relationships, mental and physical health, self-confidence, and so much more.

Those of us who have endured abuse, trauma, or abandonment can end up feeling very unsafe in our bodies, or that there is something wrong with us that needs fixing.

As Marc David explores with 50-year old coaching client, Denise, one of the many ways people will sometimes try to re-establish safety or restore wholeness is by controlling their weight and diet.

While Denise has largely healed from the childhood abuse she endured, she still struggles with not feeling worthy or that she’s “enough” just as she is. She often turns to food for comfort or emotional support, and in her words, “would like to be more consistent with what I know is best for me, and not self-sabotage, or let emotions take over my bigger health and weight goals.”

What Denise and others are attempting to do is feel in control – of their feelings, and their body.

And it makes a lot of sense. When we couldn’t control our circumstances as a child, we’ll try to find ways to feel in control as adults.

But the challenge is that the core issue – feeling unsafe or unworthy – isn’t really getting healed by our attempts to control food or our body.

So, that’s what this episode is all about - how we get to the real heart of abuse and trauma, and heal it from within – rather than trying to create a false sense of safety in our outer circumstances.

If you or a loved one can relate, then tune into this wonderful episode!

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weight #trauma #abuse #emotionaleating #dieting #safety #innerchild #selflovejourney #eatingpsychology #foodfreedom

View Details

Many of us have had the thought, “I just want to feel comfortable in my own skin.”

But have you ever stopped and truly considered this phrase?

When we talk about feeling comfortable in our skin, we’re usually thinking about our weight. We want to be thinner, have a flatter belly, or trimmer thighs. We’re eager to feel good in our clothes, and want to like what we see in the mirror.

And it seems like a reasonable desire to have the body that we want.

But as we explore in this episode, there’s an implicit negative belief behind this seemingly innocent goal: that, once we lose the weight, we’ll finally feel good about ourselves, and be happy.

And perhaps that we’ll finally feel proud of ourselves, and that we’ve accomplished something important, and are therefore “worthy.” We can finally let go of all the guilt and self-blame, and bask in a glittering pool of self-acceptance.

Here’s one thing we know, and at some level, you probably do, too…

Believing that we’ll finally love and accept ourselves after losing weight is simply false.

Can we prefer to have a different body? Might we enjoy being at a certain weight better than others?

Yes, and yes.

But we can’t reach our ultimate goal – to feel good about ourselves – when we’re not loving and accepting ourselves along the way – in all our forms, shapes, and sizes.

So be sure to tune into this episode, where Marc David works with fitness instructor, Brenda – who would like to eat healthy all the time so she can keep the weight off for good, and feel like a great role model for her clients.

Like many, she judges herself for not being able to eat healthy all the time, and worries that she’s turning off potential clients who don’t see her “walking the talk.”

As you’ll hear, Marc covers some important terrain we can all use to hear, including:

✅ Where the roots of feeling uncomfortable in one’s skin comes from (and why that matters)

✅ Why the unrealistic expectations we put on ourselves can be destructive and self-abusive

✅ How to work with challenges around emotional eating and yo-yo dieting

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weight #weightlossjourney #dieting #emotionaleating #bodyimage #bodypositivity #embodiment #selflove #psychologyofeating

View Details

Ask anyone who has diabetes what it’s like living with this disease, and you’ll probably hear a lot.

… About the hundreds of decisions that have to be made on a daily basis to manage their condition.

… About how scary it often is knowing that blood sugar dysregulation can be life-threatening.

… About how depressing it can be knowing this is a lifelong condition.

… And about how exhausting it is to do all of this, WHILE managing the other demands of life.

Diabetes management is a big deal, and living with it isn’t easy.

Affecting an estimated 422 million people globally, diabetes is one of the most common chronic modern illnesses we currently face.

And while there’s increasing awareness of how to manage diabetes, there’s not enough focus on the emotional impact that diabetes has on those affected by it.

The truth is, we simply don’t hear enough about the emotional havoc our illnesses can play on us.

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, we take a special look at the very real issue of emotional burnout around managing diabetes (and other chronic, life-threatening illnesses).

Living with diabetes is far more than just learning how to eat the right diet, or monitoring glucose levels, or making the right lifestyle changes.

It’s also about:

✅ Being able to still live the life we yearn to live, and honor our desire to feel happy and free.

✅ Recognizing when self-compassion is needed, and discovering what that truly means for us.

✅ Letting go of the guilt and shame we can feel from having diabetes in the first place.

And what does all of this ultimately mean?

It means that living well with diabetes requires us to cultivate a healthy emotional relationship with it, and that we learn to embrace it as a spiritual and emotional teacher.

Because we may not be able to put an end to the daily decisions, tasks, and vigilance – but we can use it as a fuel for some of our deepest personal growth. And this ultimately leads us to a place of greater peace, acceptance, and vitality.

If you have diabetes or other chronic illness, we HIGHLY recommend you tune into this powerful episode!

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? We’re currently enrolling for our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training! Download a copy of our School Catalog to learn more about our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#diabetes #mentalhealth #selfcompassion #diabetesawareness #emotionalwellbeing #embodiment #weight #podcast #eatingpsychology #marcdavid

View Details

In this episode, we explore some of the gifts and hidden messages our health challenges are here to teach us.

For 56-year old Lynn, there’s been a lot of adjustment to her previously active lifestyle since sustaining a knee injury. Previously, Lynn was very active and has always enjoyed helping others.

But since her injury, she’s been in such pain that she isn’t moving her body like she did before – leading to weight gain and digestive issues.

And yet, Lynn’s spirits haven’t been dimmed. Instead, she’s feeling hopeful and inspired about what’s next.

As she explores with Marc David, Lynn has found her health challenges have taught her a lot. She’s learned that perfectionism is no longer her highest value, and that setting boundaries with herself and accepting “what is” have been key to her emotional and physical well-being.

So in this special episode, we celebrate one woman’s journey in discovering how our health challenges don’t have to be our downfalls – they can be our allies, spurring tremendous personal growth and deeper life fulfillment.

Key insights:

✅ Perhaps the hardest lesson of life is that we die. Illness and injuries are a sort of “mini-death” along the journey of life, and profoundly change our relationship with our bodies and our lives.

✅ Accepting, grieving, and other important emotional processes can help us through hard times in our life. They can also help us move forward into our next chapter of life, and open up to the beauty and wonder of life in a whole new way.

✅ There’s a distinct power in “owning” who we are as individuals, and reckoning where our true value comes from.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

{Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/}

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weightgain #injury #spirituality #eatingpsychology #healingjourney #weight #chronicpain #illness #marcdavid #podcast #eatingpsychology

View Details

In this week’s episode, Marc works with 52-year old Hulya on the important topic of how we learn to manage stress and regulate our emotions, so that we can experience the most optimal conditions for health.

And Marc takes a special look at anxiety, constipation, and midsection weight gain, including some of the hidden wisdom these conditions have for us.

As researchers have discovered, there’s a profound connection between gut and brain health. So much so that “the gut-brain axis” is now established as one of the most important and complex systems in the body.

The gut is often referred to as a “second brain” due it’s separate but interconnected system of over 100 million neurons. This complex system, the enteric nervous system, is responsible for all the major digestive functions including enzyme production, nutrient absorption, and elimination.

What’s fascinating is that research is now revealing the intricate relationship between our gut, and our thoughts, mood, and emotions.

When we feel happy, our body naturally goes into parasympathetic dominance (the relaxation response), and our absorption and elimination typically improves. Conversely, when we’re under stress, the gut feels it – and the normal, healthy functions of our digestive system can become impaired.

Many of us are aware of how various stressors, like work or marital challenges, can make us feel physically unwell. Perhaps you get heartburn or a knot in your stomach after a big fight, for example.

But what most people do not realize is that our challenges with food and body can become yet another source of stress.

For example, when we worry about our weight or feel self-hate for our body for years on end – this creates a powerful neurohormonal cascade in our physiology that can cause gastrointestinal issues like constipation or acid reflux – and ironically, can also lead to further weight gain.

Over time, sustained negative emotions can wreak havoc on every part of our body, but the gut is often the first place that we’ll experience illness.

{Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/}

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#constipation #overeating #stress #stresseating #emotionaleating #weightloss #guthealth #foodfreedom #bodypositivity #mindfuleating #healthateverysize #eatingpsychology #marcdavid

View Details

Let’s be honest: trying to figure out what’s best to eat for our unique body – and stick to it – can be really hard.

So can trying to lose weight.

If we’re not careful, our whole life can become dominated by food, what to eat – and what not to eat, trying to be “good,” and constant thoughts about our diet.

Diet anxiety can happen to all of us, and it often drives us to what Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, refers to as “all or nothing eating.”

One of the hallmarks of this behavior is we’re either eating 100% clean and healthy food, or we’ve ditched our diet and binge on sweets, carbohydrates, or fatty foods. There’s no in between.

This “all or nothing” approach keeps us trapped in a cycle that simply doesn’t work.

We may successfully lose weight for a time, but our healthy habits reach a point where they’re no longer sustainable. Our diet starts slipping, and our weight will often go up. Self-attack, shame, and guilt quickly follow.

If you’re prone to all or nothing eating, you’ll want to tune in to this episode, where Marc works with 60-year old Lee.

Like so many of us, Lee has been dieting for decades, and goes through, in her words, “healthy” and “unhealthy” phases. Her unhealthy phases seem to last forever, and when they do, she can’t stop thinking about her diet, the 20 kilos she’d like to lose, and what she needs to do differently in order to commit to a healthier lifestyle.

Watch Lee’s breakthrough in her challenges around nutritional extremism and weight – you’ll come away with some life-changing tools and takeaways.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough! https://ipe.events/EEB

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#antidiet #healthateverysize #weightloss #bodypositivity #foodfreedom #disorderedeating #eatingpsychology #marcdavid #podcast

View Details

If you’ve ever tried to lose weight, you know it’s not so easy. In fact, it can be incredibly challenging (just look at all the billions of dollars we collectively spend on weight loss every year).

So that begs the question: why is losing weight so hard?

While challenges with weight loss are multifactorial, today we look at one of the hidden psychological obstacles that often gets in the way.

And that’s feeling like the things we must do to lose weight are a form of self-punishment.

It can seem like we’re being forced to do things that we don’t enjoy, and eat foods we don’t love, and the real kicker? We must do them F.O.R.E.V.E.R.

Healthy decisions like:

• Eating vegetables at every meal
• Minimizing processed foods and sugary snacks
• Fitting in time at the gym most days
• Prioritizing meditation or yoga over Netflix or surfing the web…

… can have us feeling like there’s no longer any pleasure or enjoyment in life.

Friends, as long as weight loss feels like self-punishment, we’re always going to be in a battle with ourselves.

As Marc points out to guest coaching client, Adrianne, it’s pretty hard to find freedom in weight loss when getting there has us feeling imprisoned.

As you’re about to learn, a big part of the weight loss journey is reversing the old belief, “I must punish myself in order to lose weight.”

That’s what this episode is all about: learning how to transform this negative belief that holds so many of us back.

{Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough, set to release in early 2023! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/}

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#emotionaleating #weight #dieting #sustainableweightloss #foodfreedom #intuitiveeating #healthyhabits #healthylifestyle #bodypositivity #psychologyofeating #marcdavid

View Details

Do you love going against the rules?

If so, you might have a strong “inner rebel” – an archetype that lives inside us, and can unwittingly make us go against our own best interests, especially when it comes to our health.

As Marc David explores in this episode, our inner rebel is often behind the scenes unconsciously making choices for us about things like diet, exercise, sleep hygiene, and so much more.

Thirty eight-year old Daniela from Mexico wants to improve her health but frequently gets tempted by frappuccinos, sodas, and junk food. Daniela, a psychologist, knows that making changes to diet and exercise are important to her weight and health goals, but she just can’t seem to stick with it.

As the session unfolds, it becomes clear that Daniela has two competing voices inside her duking it out for control: the part of her who wants to make healthier choices, and the part of her that doesn’t want to feel restricted and controlled. This latter voice is her inner rebel, causing quite a lot of difficulty, confusion and frustration.

So how can Daniela - and the rest of us - work with the inner rebel?

Is the inner rebel here to vex us, or is there a hidden wisdom and message this archetype has for us?

You’ll hear the answers to this, and more – and hear some life-changing takeaways, including:

• How childhood food restriction, food scarcity, and other limitations with food at a young age can lead to a strong inner rebel as an adult
• The origins of the inner rebel shown in the Biblical “Adam & Eve” story
• How we can use our inner rebel for constructive and positive purposes when it comes to our health
• Why positive reinforcement from our loved ones can go a long way in creating healthy habits
• And more…

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough, set to release in early 2023! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#emotionaleating #weight #mindfuleating #rebel #foodfreedom #healthyhabits #healthylifestyle #healthydiet #foodpsychology #marcdavid

View Details

When it comes to emotional eating, so many of us focus on the habit itself -- the mindless munching on potato chips or the quick relief from a piece of chocolate -- without considering the emotions that drive the behavior in the first place.

In this episode, we explore the true root cause of emotional eating (our emotions) -- and the role of the criminal mind in driving us to engage in this unwanted eating challenge.

The criminal mind is that part of us that does something in secret out of fear of disapproval or wanting to get away with something we know we shouldn’t be doing. It’s a natural part of the human psyche that’s typically born at a very young age.

As children, when we’re told we can’t have something we really want, we find ourselves in conflict.

We want to be a “good” girl or boy, so we don’t lose our parents’ love for doing something “bad.” But we also still crave the thing -- often food -- that we’re told we can’t have.

This can lead kids to break their parents’ rules and do it anyway -- which is how the criminal mind is born.

When we continue this unconscious pattern as adults, we can find ourselves in unwanted behaviors that we just can’t seem to break. We may still have a deep desire to be “good,” while also having that same strong childhood urge for forbidden foods.

Here’s the thing: when we try to be “good,” the desire for the forbidden is still there - along with the thrill and rush of breaking our own rules. There’s simply too much temptation for forbidden foods, and we end up going against what we know is best for our well-being.

So in this episode, we look at the role of the criminal archetype in emotional eating, and how our childhood desire to be “good” can derail our best laid plans with food, body, and life.

We also consider some of the ways we can begin to shift the criminal mindset, including:

• The key role of awareness, and how it can help us shift emotional eating
• How “What Else” questions can redirect emotional regulation
• Tuning into our our own unique food story

{Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough, set to release in early 2023! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/}

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#emotionaleating #foodcriminal #sneakingfood #secreteating #bingeeating #weight #healthyhabits #foodfreedom #bodyacceptance #selflove #relationshipwithfood #emotionaleatingbreakthrough #psychologyofeating #marcdavid

View Details

In this episode, we explore stress eating – a type of emotional eating – from the perspective of eating psychology.

But first, for those unfamiliar with the term ‘eating psychology,’ a quick definition: eating psychology is the study of our thoughts, feelings, and beliefs about food and body. It’s a positive and transformational approach that views our eating challenges as an opportunity to learn and grow.

Stress eating has a huge psychological component to it. Whether we’re conscious of it or not, our daily stresses can be a HUGE driver behind emotional eating.

But the key is understanding that it’s not really our circumstances that drive us to emotional eating. It’s the negative and anxious thoughts we have about those circumstances that often cause us to turn to food.

Reaching for junk foods – frequently carbohydrate-rich foods like chips, cookies, and candies – is a quick and effective way to quickly relieve stress. The only problem is that the “feel good” feeling doesn’t last, and we can gain weight or develop health issues over the long term.

Most of us know this, and we feel guilty and ashamed for what we perceive as “giving in” or being weak around food. And here’s the clincher: shame will often lead us to feel we must be punished for being “bad.” Ironically, an exceedingly common way of self-punishing is with food: eating more “bad” food to punish ourselves for being “bad” with food to begin with.

Kind of crazy, right?!

If you can relate, then tune in to hear Marc work with guest coaching client Denise on how to “graduate” from the self-punishment cycle behind emotional eating.

Ready to call a ceasefire in your battle with eating, and find peace and freedom with food? Learn more about our newest program, The Emotional Eating Breakthrough, set to release in early 2023! https://learn.psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#stresseating #emotionaleating #weight #selfpunishment #dieting #relationshipwithfood #wellnessjourney #intuitiveeating #psychologyofeating #marcdavid

View Details

In the weight loss world, the concept of a weight “set point” is pretty common. Meaning, our bodies seem to have an intrinsic natural weight that can be different for each of us.

For many of us, that natural “set point” isn’t what we think it should be. We want a lower set point weight than we have, so we’ll often fight the body and make Herculean efforts to lose weight.

And while you’ll find lots of resources out there on how to change your set point, in this episode we explore weight set point from the perspective of eating psychology.

One of the key teachings of eating psychology is that our challenges with food and body are a great teacher. They’re not here to torment us or drive us crazy, they’re here to show us where our deepest personal growth lies.

So in this episode of “In Session,” you’ll hear Marc work with 62-year old Joanne, who has lost and gained about 15 pounds over the last 30 years. She has a clear idea of what her weight set point “should” be, it’s just that her body doesn’t seem to agree.

Every time she puts herself on a diet, Joanne loses weight. It seems like her “set point” has adjusted – until she starts to eat more pleasurable foods, when she gains the 15 pounds right back.

For Joanne, life just seems like it would be a whole lot easier – and she would be so much happier – if she could simply learn how to reset her weight set point.

But is changing her weight set point truly going to lead to happiness and fulfillment with this one precious, beautiful life she’s been given?

Tune in to find out!

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Interested in becoming a certified coach in eating psychology? Then tune in to hear Marc talk about our Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, and download a copy of our School Catalog: https://psychologyofeating.com/info-kit/ Learn our powerful, cutting-edge approach, and discover how you can create a unique career helping others find peace and freedom with food.

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weight #bodyimage #midlife #dieting #relationshipwithfood #happiness #fulfillment #selflove #selfacceptance #eatingpsychology #psychologyofeating #marcdavid

View Details

In this episode, we meet 53-year old Lydia, who has been dieting for 40 years. As an adolescent, Lydia developed anxiety about how her body was developing, as is often common for girls and boys at that age. Aerobics was becoming hugely popular at that time in the 1980s, diet culture was booming, and Lydia embraced it all with the hopes that she could shapeshift into the lean, long-legged body type she hoped for.

Fast forward all these years later, Lydia is fed up with dieting. But she doesn’t know a life without it. She can’t imagine who she would be, or what her relationship with food would feel like.

All Lydia knows are the “boom and bust” cycles of dieting that define her life. When she loses weight, she feels confident in her clothes, but there’s also a constant fear lurking in the back of her mind that she’s going to regain the weight. And when she does gain it back, Lydia feels like a total failure.

As Lydia shares with Marc, she believes she’d be happy if she could only learn to eat and live like a thin person. But is there really such a thing as thinking like a thin person? And if there is, does it make them happier?

As this episode demonstrates, chronic dieting is not only a way of life – it’s a mindset. And while it usually doesn’t give us the results we’re looking for, it can become so hard to know what to do – and who to be – instead. Because dieting and body image challenges nearly always reflect our own self rejection, part of the solution is learning to accept ourselves and our bodies as they are right now, something that many of us worry means giving up our weight loss goals.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. 👉Tune into The Ultimate Health Coach webinar here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weightloss #dieting #bodyimage #weightlossjourney #foodfreedom #dietculture #sloweating #intuitiveeating #mindfuleating #embodiment #selfacceptance #marcdavid #psychologyofeating

View Details

Ahvanya, 27, from Goa, India, has one wish when it comes to food and body: to never engage in negative self-talk again. Meaning, she would always trust herself with food, and she would never again judge her appearance. She would simply feel good about herself and feel confident all the time.

But is it realistic to think we can somehow stop the negative internal chatter, all those voices that tell us we should be different or better?

And if we could, would this finally allow us to be in perpetual bliss and balance when it comes to issues around emotional eating, body confidence, and weight?

As Marc explores with Ahvanya, it’s natural to see our negative self-talk as a problem. We can feel powerless and paralyzed by the difficult emotions they cause us to feel.

But when we try to deny our thoughts, we’re ironically swapping out one type of perfectionism (“my diet and body must be perfect”) for another (“my thoughts are unacceptable and I’m unwilling to allow them”). And this sets us up for feeling like a failure yet again, just in a different way.

So what do we do in a world where we’ve been taught to be perfect, inside and out?

Find out in this episode, where we explore the unrealistic expectations we often put on ourselves when it comes to our thoughts and feelings about food, body, and life.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. 👉Tune into The Ultimate Health Coach webinar here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#negativeselftalk #perfectionism #bodyimagehealing #foodfreedom #nourishnotpunish #antidiet #emotionaleating #mindfuleating #selfworth #selfacceptance #embodiment #marcdavid #psychologyofeating

View Details

Good health is the foundation for every other wonderful thing we could want in life: relationships, career, wealth, happiness, and so much more.

But striving for good health, like anything else, can be taken to its extreme.

One of the manifestations of this is orthorexia, a type of eating challenge hyper-focused on making only the very healthiest of food choices. On paper that can seem like a good thing, but orthorexia has a real dark side.

People suffering from orthorexia eventually find themselves severely bound by the strict food rules they’ve created for themselves about what, when, and how much to eat. And this can feel a lot like prison, except it’s a food prison existing only in one’s mind.

In this episode, you’ll meet 29-year old Rachel, who is overcoming orthorexia – but still has a lot of questions about how to quiet the voices in her mind that drive her to follow certain food rules, or feel really guilty when she fails to meet them. Rachel is exhausted from feeling so bound up by all the rules she follows, and wants to find more freedom with food.

As Marc David explores with Rachel, orthorexia can present as the desire to eat healthy, but the fuel that perpetuates the disorder is often rooted in body dysmorphia.

When we make the connection between orthorexia and body image/weight, we get to the real truth behind our vigilance with healthy food choices. From there, we can start to implement the key practices that will help us get out of our mental prison, and into a much more natural and intuitive relationship with food.

Whether you have orthorexia, or simply overdo the food rules and restrictions, be sure to tune into this revelatory episode!

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. 👉Tune into The Ultimate Health Coach webinar here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#orthorexia #foodrules #bodyimage #disorderedeating #weight #healthyating #mindfuleating #intuitiveeatng #selflovjourney #foodfreedom #mindbodynutrition #psychologyofeating #marcdavid #relationshipwithfood

View Details

In this episode, Marc David coaches single mom, Eva, on her challenges with emotional eating.

The eldest of 8 siblings, Eva has felt alone since childhood. Her mother was a hard-working single mom herself who was hardly ever at home, so Eva often stepped in to help raise her seven younger brothers. To ease her overwhelm and loneliness, she began comforting herself with food, especially with breads and sweets – a habit she’s continued into adulthood.

Now many years later, Eva still feels many of the same emotions she did as a kid. Whether it’s raising her autistic kids, dealing with the stress of single motherhood, or simply getting thrown off track by everyday challenges, life can just feel like too much, too often. When she’s having a bad day, Eva reverts to her familiar pattern of binging on her favorite foods … a habit that is especially concerning given her bariatric surgery back in 2015.

As Marc explores, we all have many different voices living inside of us at once – some of which are often in conflict with each other. When it comes to emotional eating, there’s typically an inner child who learned early on how to cope using food. To unwind emotional eating, we need to evoke our adult self who can overcome the desire for instant gratification from food. As we do that, we can develop practices that help us shift emotional eating, including celebrating our small and big successes, and learning to stop punishing ourselves when we slip up.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. 👉Tune into The Ultimate Health Coach webinar here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#eatingpsychology #emotionaleating #bariatricsurgery #weightlossjourney #bingeeating #bread #sweets #instantgratification #mindfuleating #stressreduction #mindbodynutrition #reparenting #psychologyofeating #marcdavid

View Details

Noelle, 58, recently lost her mother after a three year journey being her primary caregiver. During that time, Noelle started binge eating to deal with her emotions and ended up gaining about 30 pounds. Heartbroken over her mother, Noelle is beginning to realize the impact of her grief on her patterns with food, and would like to somehow let go of the unwanted eating habits she developed over the past few years.

As you’ll hear in this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Noelle’s response to the unrelenting grief she’s been experiencing is very common. So many of us turn to food when we’ve experienced loss. While it’s normal and natural to regulate our emotions with food, we know it’s ultimately not the healthiest response.

As this session highlights, part of the solution to what we might call “grief eating” is having empathy and compassion for ourselves. As Marc shares – when we bring self-love to the table, we take the first step to unwinding our eating challenges.

So be sure to tune into this moving episode where we take a special look at the relationship between food, grief, and life.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. 👉Tune into The Ultimate Health Coach webinar here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating
• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage
• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/
• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#weight #bingeeating #grief #eatingpsychology #mindbodynutrition #weightlossjourney #foodsensitivities #foodcravings #emotionaleating #selflovejourney #relationshipwithfood #psychologyofeating #marcdavid

View Details

Tiffany, 52, would like to lose about 5 kilos. For many years, she’s worried about what to eat, and believes that if she could only learn to “think like a thin person,” she could stop focusing so much on food. And that would in turn help her to lose weight.

Tiffany also holds a variety of other beliefs around food and body, such as what her ideal weight should be, that weight loss should be effortless, that she should never overeat, and many more. And she’s not alone: all of us hold beliefs about our health, bodies, and our patterns with food.

But as Marc David teaches, many of the beliefs we hold end up getting in the way of achieving the goals we hold so dear.

Here’s the thing: it’s natural to focus on food when we’re trying to lose weight.

However, what so many people don’t realize is that nutritional changes alone don’t automatically lead to weight loss.

And that’s because weight challenges arise from the level of our thoughts, feelings, and beliefs. In order to create lasting change, we have to do more than tinker with our nutrition – and instead dive into the key mindset issues that hold us back.

So be sure to tune into this fascinating episode, where we take a closer look at the psychology of weight loss, as well as the key nutritional, metabolic, and mind body factors that are influenced by our thoughts and beliefs about food.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. 👉Tune into The Ultimate Health Coach webinar here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#psychologyofweightloss #weight #bodyimage #eatingpsychology #limitingbeliefs #mindset #selfcontrol #sustainableweightloss #selflove #bodypositivity #bodyconfidence #foodfreedom #marcdavid #psychologyofeating

View Details

Amy, 48, would like to be more present in her body but multiple life experiences seem to stand in her way. After having mostly recovered from a frightening journey with multiple sclerosis (MS), Amy may have regained her health, but is realizing that her relationship with her body and sexuality is now calling out for healing at a deeper level.

As you’ll hear, Amy’s story with food and body go way back to childhood, when she had the startling experience of rapid puberty-related changes. One day she had the body of a child, and the next, the body of a woman. She began attracting unwanted attention from men, and could tell that all her family and friends were highly uncomfortable with her body. This imprinted a deep sense of shame and a desire to hide her femininity, which has continued on into adulthood.

One of the key concepts highlighted in this session is that “imprint vulnerability,” something that often occurs during the hormonal shifts of puberty. And as Marc shares, this early imprinted experience can become something that negatively influences the rest of us our life until we identify it, and retrain our brains and bodies to experience life in a different way.

As this episode demonstrates, it’s natural to “zip up” our emotions in the face of traumatic life experiences. But it’s our job to learn how to not zip up, and instead metabolize the deep emotions that surface along the journey of life.

Don’t miss this incredibly powerful episode exploring puberty, sexuality, illness, weight gain, and so much more.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. 👉Tune into The Ultimate Health Coach webinar here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#sexuality #illness #weight #selfconfidence #bodyimage #healthysexuality #pubertychallenges #healingtrauma #feminineembodiment #multiplesclerosis #selfworth #innerchildhealing #relationshipwithfood #marcdavid #eatingpsychology

View Details

Marc works with Lori, 57, who has been dieting for nearly 40 years. She’s exhausted from thinking about food and weight constantly, but still feels attached to losing weight. She believes she’d feel more accomplished once she loses the weight, and that how she feels on the inside would finally match the outside.

Lori has lost weight in the past, and initially feels more confident. But somehow that starts to go away, and she gradually falls back into eating her favorite high-fat foods. And that inevitably brings the weight back. At these times, Lori asks herself what triggers her old behaviors so that she can avoid slipping back into the diet cycle yet again, but comes up short on answers.

As Marc explains, people carry weight for many different reasons, including medical, metabolic, nutritional, food-related, and emotional. But regardless of the root cause, those of us who have focused on weight loss our entire lives have often never experienced their essential self, free from any weight loss goal. As they explore, taking the time to discover what fulfills us and who we are beyond our body’s shape and size is essential to finding the happiness we’re looking for. And it’s also important in our efforts to lose weight, as a negative mindset creates a physiological stress response that can cause us to become weight loss resistant.

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

👉 We’re now enrolling for The Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training! Learn more about our innovative approach to transforming food and body challenges here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#dieting #antidiet #loseweightnothate #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #weight #antidiet #bodyimagehealing #foodfreedom #relationshipwithfood #mindfuleating #selflove

View Details

Marc works with 30-year-old Kiersten who would like to let go of the fear and shame she feels around her weight, and feel more confident in her own skin. After being diagnosed with hypothyroidism in high school, Kiersten was placed on thyroid supplementation that helped her lose about 60 pounds – but since then, it’s been an up and down roller coaster.

She’s experienced times where she was able to lose weight, trying things like a keto diet, working with a weight loss coach, and being on a strict exercise regimen. But after experiencing some personal hardships a few years ago, she gained all her weight back. Now the heaviest she’s ever been with about 100 pounds she’d like to lose, Kiersten is wondering where to go from here. Equally, she’s trying to figure out how she can quiet the voice of self-criticism, and see herself and her journey in a kind and loving way – something more important than ever to Kiersten as she seeks to heal the abuse she experienced as a child.

Tune into this powerful and potent episode, where we take a special look at the role of childhood abuse and abandonment, and how that shows up in how we speak to ourselves as adults – regardless of our body’s shape or size.

Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

👉 We’re now enrolling for the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training! Learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same by tuning into our free webinar: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#bodyimage #healingshame #weight #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #selfworth #mindfuleating #embodiment #innerchildhealing #hypothyroid #marcdavid #relationshipwithfood #selflove

View Details

In this episode, Marc works with 41-year old Lisa who is battling body image challenges. She frequently judges her body, and often compares herself to others. She’d like to lose about 10 pounds, but more than anything she just wants to be free of body judgment. She knows she can find a happier and more peaceful relationship with herself, she just doesn’t quite know how.

As they explore in her coaching session, Lisa learned early on as an 8-year old soccer player. She remembers noticing other girls’ legs, comparing hers to theirs, and wondering if hers were “right.” A lot of life has been lived since then - she’s grown up, been married, gotten divorced, switched careers, and is now in a wonderful new relationship with a man who loves her appearance. But she still finds that old familiar voice of comparison and judgment present at different times.

As you’ll hear, Marc coaches Lisa and the rest of us who are challenged with body image to embrace self-awareness before trying to get to the holy grail of self-acceptance.

Some of what they explore:

✅The role of cultural conditioning around competition and “winning” when it comes to weight and body image

✅ The gift of maturation that arrives around the age of 40 for both women and men, and how the “Queen-in-Training” (or “King-in-Training”) archetypes can help us overcome challenges with body image

✅ Why having a “perfect” weight number in your head is an unhelpful concept

✅ How fear of gaining weight creates a stress response in our body, which in turn makes it harder for the body to lose weight

✅ And much more…

Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/

👉 We’re now enrolling for The Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training! Learn more about our innovative approach to transforming food and body challenges here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/

Follow us on social:

• YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/Psychologyofeating

• Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage

• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/

• Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#bodyimage #weight #selfcomparison #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #weightloss #selfjudgment #selfcriticism #selfjudgment #relationshipwithfood #selflovejourney #bodyrespect #dietculture #innerchildhealing #marcdavid #mindbodydnutrition

View Details

Many of us who are into health and wellness learn to be discerning in our choices around food and nutrition. And that’s a great thing. But sometimes, we can start to worry and overanalyze our food choices. Taken to its extreme, that can lead to orthorexia, a type of eating disorder characterized by an obsession around making healthy food choices. In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, you’ll meet Caitlin, 26, who would like to let go of worrying so much about what to eat. For a period of time, Caitlin was experiencing health challenges and wanted to understand which foods would make her feel better. But after watching numerous documentaries on the dark side of food production and manufacturing, she grew in her words “paranoid and freaked out” about some of the foods she had been eating. Eager to free herself from these worries and learn how to live a simple, healthy life, Caitlin turns to the Institute’s lead teacher and host of the podcast, Marc David, for help. Don’t miss this highly-relatable episode! --------------- Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ We’re now enrolling for The Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about our innovative approach to transforming food and body challenges here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #mindbodynutrition #foodworry #orthorexia #mentalhealth #intuitiveeating #pleasure #marcdavid #relationshipwithfood #embodiment #mindfuleating

View Details

Tareshvari (Tish) from Australia joins Marc David for this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast. Tish, 59, finds herself in a place of deep nutritional confusion. She was trained as a health coach, which she thought would help her find clarity about what to eat — but it only seemed to create more uncertainty about what foods are truly best for her health and well-being. The experts she follows in the health and nutrition space all seem to contradict each other, and so does the research. Listen into this powerful episode to learn how you can get out of nutritional confusion and find the eating style that works for your unique body. Key Insights: There’s a lot of conflicting information about food, eating, and weight loss. Knowing how to choose what’s right for your unique body can be understandably confusing. The science of nutrition is still in its nascent stages, which is one of the reasons there’s so much conflicting information. An important distinction for all of us is the concept of being a nutritional explorer: someone who acknowledges the unique and changing physiological needs of their own body, and who is willing to experiment to find what foods help the body thrive. So many of us are looking for the “one perfect diet” that we can follow for the rest of our life. But this isn’t realistic given the changing needs of the body. Things like stress, illness, age, and more all influence our body’s nutritional needs at any given time. Tuning into our body and following our intuition is as important as following the latest research or listening to our favorite health experts. Nutritional confusion versus nutritional uncertainty are very different. Confusion keeps us paralyzed and feeling torn in many directions, while uncertainty recognizes that we simply haven’t quite figured it out yet. When it comes to our relationship with food and body, be careful about the words you use as they deeply influence our eating challenges. --------------- Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ We’re now enrolling for The Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about our innovative approach to transforming food and body challenges here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #weight #intuitiveeating #holistichealth #healthcoach #nutritonist #nutritionalconfusion #embodiment #mindbodynutrition #whattoeat #relationshipwithfood #bodyimage #eatingdisorder

View Details

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, guest coaching client Diana works with eating psychology teacher, Marc David. Diana, 57, has been trying for at least 16 years to lose about 40 pounds to no avail. Told that she has metabolic resistance, her latest functional medicine doctor has told her she may never be able to lose the weight. With several autoimmune conditions and having gone into early menopause, Diana is confused about what’s going on with her body and whether weight loss in the cards for her. In her eating psychology coaching session with Marc, they explore some of the key underlying causes that may be behind her weight loss resistance, including hormonal imbalance, prediabetes, and possible heavy metal toxicity. Key Insights: Examining all potential underlying causes for metabolic resistance is key, and working with a naturopath or functional medicine practitioner is recommended Why low calorie diets can cause weight loss resistance If we’re living a healthy lifestyle and have excluded causal factors for weight loss resistance, how we learn to adapt to the body we have now Part of this internal conversation? Identifying what we can do to have the best chances for a healthy life, and not living the mindset of “if I don’t lose weight, I will never be healthy.” How gentle exercise supports a healthy weight and body, and the particular benefits of sweating and infrared saunas --------------- Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ We’re now enrolling for The Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about our innovative approach to transforming food and body challenges here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #weightlossresistance #metabolicresistance #earlymenopause #hashimotos #autoimmune #hormones #heavymetals #functionalmedicine #naturopath #toxicity #bodyimage #holisticnutrition #selfacceptance

View Details

Marc David coaches 43-year-old clinical nutritionist, Jenny, who would like lose twenty pounds. At 14, Jenny moved to the United States from Russia, and almost immediately gained weight, which she attributes to the stress of relocating to a new country. Since then, Jenny has always been able to lose weight, but during times of stress, puts it right back on again. As many health professionals can attest, Jenny feels a certain pressure to conform to ideas of what a nutritionist or dietitian should look like. But her real concern is the potential long-term health consequences of holding additional weight, particularly as she enters menopause in the coming years … a time when many women can experience unwanted weight gain. Jenny shares that feeling satiated or “full” is usually her signal that she’s eaten enough food. But over the last few years, it’s been harder to reach that feeling of fullness … causing her to overeat. In this episode, Marc explores: * The role of stress in our metabolism; * Reframing the desire for “fullness” to desire for sensation, pleasure, and experience; * How the fear of weight gain is a viral fear (ie. you didn’t create it, you caught it from the world around you); * Why it’s essential to stop making ourselves wrong for loving food; * Opening ourselves up to non-dietary avenues for pleasure and embodiment; * And more…

--------------- Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ We’re now enrolling for The Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about our innovative approach to transforming food and body challenges here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #nutrition #weightgain #weightlossjourney #stresseating #stressmanagement #disorderedeating #eatingchallenges #selfcompassion #selflovejourney #lovingfood #relationshipwithbody #embodiment

View Details

Rhonda, age 53, has dreams of becoming an actress, traveling the world, kayaking, scuba diving, and finding her life partner. But one thing has been holding her back: her weight. Rhonda would like to lose about 100 pounds, weight she slowly gained over the years but has been unable to lose since quitting smoking four years ago. In her coaching session with eating psychology expert Marc David, Rhonda shares that she frequently binge eats as a way to deal with stress, loneliness, and boredom. She has a robust career, managing twenty people in her position, but many of Rhonda’s dreams remain unfulfilled. With a lust for life, love, and drama, Rhonda’s inner life simply doesn’t match her outer life … and she’s ready for a big change. As Marc explores, so often we’ll wait to live out our dreams and become the “real” us until we’ve achieved our weight loss goals. But that has too many of us waiting our entire lives, whether we have 10 pounds or 100 to lose. Instead of losing weight, we lose the opportunity to live the life we were meant to live, the one that calls out to our hearts to claim and experience. In this episode, Marc shares the key paradigm shift needed for all of us who have been on the weight loss journey for years or decades. It’s a session you won’t want to miss… --------------- Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ We’re now enrolling for The Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about our innovative approach to transforming food and body challenges here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #weight #bingeeating #stresseating #emotionaleating #managingemotions #diabetes #depression #stressrelief #mindfuleating #selfcare #foodfreedom #nutrition #marcdavid

View Details

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, eating psychology teacher Marc David coaches 32-year-old Audrey from France, who currently lives in the UK. Audrey is seeking to redefine her relationship with stress, a state she frequently finds herself in despite making massive progress overcoming a history of trauma, and anorexia and bulimia. Audrey is acutely aware of how she responds to stress, which is to disconnect from her feelings and body, and in her words, “numb out.” They explore how trauma and eating disorders can themselves become a source of stress, as well as practical strategies for living a more relaxed and balance life. --------------- Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune into The Ultimate Health Coach webinar here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #mindbodynutrition #overcomingtrauma #overcominganorexia #overcomingbulimia #stressreduction #nutritionexpert #eatingdisorders #disorderedeating #stressreduction #embodiment #lovingyourself #marcdavid

View Details

Gabriela, age 25, moved from Bulgaria to the US several years ago, and started noticing that food was becoming a challenge. Back in her home country, she never really put much thought into food. But when she moved to the States, someone pointed out that she had some extra weight, and Gabriela became bothered by the comment. She started a new routine of going to the gym, and restricting her food intake, but quickly found herself starting to binge eat. The pandemic hit, she broke up with her boyfriend, and her thoughts turned to consuming food … lots of it! She would eat massive amounts of food to relieve the stress, grief, and loneliness of her life. After realizing that her eating challenges were getting worse, Gabriela began therapy, and looked for other solutions, including the Institute’s 8-week public program “Transform Your Relationship with Food.” Gabriela is now well on her way to healing her challenges with binge and emotional eating, but still can’t help feel like a bit of a food criminal when she binges on food in the dark at night, or when she squirrels away food when no one is looking. Ready for a big shift, she turns to eating psychology master coach Marc David, for help. --------------- Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune into The Ultimate Health Coach webinar here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #selfimage #negativethinking #countingcalories #bingeeating #mindfuleating #losingweight #emotionaleating #relationshipwithfood #healthymindset #selflovemindset #foodchoices

View Details

Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc David speaks to esteemed filmmaker of the “Transcendence” docuseries and the documentary, “Hungry for Change,” James Colquhoun. Like many of us passionate about health and wellness, James’ journey into healthy living began after a life-changing and tragic event. His father developed multiple medical conditions, and did what most people do: go to their doctor and start taking various medications. As his father’s health continued to decline, James became determined to figure out how to use nutrition and holistic health to reverse his dad’s medical diagnoses. After reading book after book, beginning with the classic, Diet for a New America by John Robbins, James and his partner Laurentine learned everything they could about health and nutrition. And as he became more informed, James gradually convinced his father to let go of the medications that seemed to only worsen his conditions and lead to terrible side effects. And the result? His father was able to drop all his medication within three months of implementing nutritional changes, lost 50 pounds, and resumed his active lifestyle of running every day. From this, James’ career as a health crusader and educator was born. In this interview, you’ll hear some of his powerful distinctions around the healing power of food that have changed the lives of millions of people around the world. Tune in now for a truly inspiring conversation between two of the world’s leading voices in health and nutrition! For more on James, his films, guided programs, and nutrition certification training, visit his global online wellness hub FoodMatters.com and streaming channel FMTV (now Gaia.com).

And to learn more about the Food Matters Nutrition Certification program, please visit https://www.foodmattersinstitute.com/program/nutrition-certification
--------------- Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Listen to Marc share about the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, our 8-month coach certification training for aspiring health coaches and established practitioners. Be part of the worldwide movement of coaches helping others transform their understanding of food and body challenges, and finally find freedom with food. Tune into The Ultimate Health Coach webinar here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/ Or, take our 8-week public program, Transform Your Relationship with Food, if you’re looking to transform your own relationship with food. You’ll learn our uplifting and life-changing approach to ending eating challenges like emotional eating, binge eating, weight, chronic dieting, body image, food worry, and nutrition-linked disorders such as fatigue, digestive concerns, autoimmune disorders, and more. Learn more here: https://psychologyofeating.com/online-retreats-2/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #jamescolquhoun #foodmatters #transcendence #hungryforchange #naturalhealing #traditionalhealing #foodheals #bodywisdom #healthiswealth #nutritioncoach #marcdavid

View Details

Do you have a nutrition-linked health condition? Then you won’t want to miss this week’s episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, where you’ll hear the story of 44-year old Aldona from the Netherlands. Ten years ago, Aldona was diagnosed with Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, a diagnosis that affects an estimated 20 million people in the U.S. alone. When she was newly diagnosed, Aldona tried to heal her condition with high-quality foods. She has tried many diet approaches, like Paleo, and has done strict elimination diets in an attempt to see which foods might be most problematic. Unfortunately, none of her attempts have improved her Hashimoto’s. And now, to complicate things, Aldona has developed Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS), which she attributes to the stress of trying to manage her Hashimoto’s. Never having experienced digestive issues or food intolerances before, Aldona has become stressed out and very confused about what to eat. In her words, she no longer trusts her instincts about which foods are best for her. In their coaching session, master eating psychology coach Marc David helps Aldona look beyond nutritional solutions. How are these conditions asking Aldona to transform as a human being? How can she learn to quiet her mind, and tune into what her body needs? In what ways can she discover how to live with these conditions, while improving her quality of life and nurturing herself along the way? --------------- Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Listen to Marc share about the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, our 8-month coach certification training for aspiring health coaches and established practitioners. Be part of the worldwide movement of coaches helping others transform their understanding of food and body challenges, and finally find freedom with food. Tune into The Ultimate Health Coach webinar here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/ Or, take our 8-week public program, Transform Your Relationship with Food, if you’re looking to transform your own relationship with food. You’ll learn our uplifting and life-changing approach to ending eating challenges like emotional eating, binge eating, weight, chronic dieting, body image, food worry, and nutrition-linked disorders such as fatigue, digestive concerns, autoimmune disorders, and more. Learn more here: https://psychologyofeating.com/online-retreats-2/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutrition #hashimotos #ibs #digestiveissues #eliminationdiet #foodintolerance #foodworry #intuitiveeating

View Details

Jen has had challenges around weight since she was 12 years of age. Now a 40-year-old mother of four, she wishes the weight would just melt off effortlessly. Jen has lost weight using Jenny Craig and similar approaches, but the weight always seems to come back. A graduate of The Institute’s Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, Jen now looks back at her past weight loss efforts and realizes so much of it has been driven by weight hate. She wants to find a more sustainable approach, one where self-attack is not in the driver’s seat. As she works with Marc David, Jen unlocks some of the key psychological roots behind her struggles with weight and body image. What unfolds is a moving conversation on feeling misunderstood and how that can drive us to self-harm, tending to our inner child’s needs, honoring the inner rebel who hates dieting, and how to bring self-forgiveness into our lives and relationship with food and body. --------------- Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune into The Ultimate Health Coach webinar here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

View Details

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, eating psychology expert Marc David speaks with 60-year-old Kathy who’s afraid of losing control with food. She has been in a binge-restrict cycle since she was 15 years old, and recently suffered a heart attack - for which she knows she needs to change her unwanted eating habits. In the three years since her heart attack, she’s lost 84 pounds, but still finds herself in fear that she’ll sabotage herself with food. Looking to create a more balanced relationship with eating, Kathy turns to Marc David for help. --------------- Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Explore a career as Mind Body Eating Coach specializing in Eating Psychology & Mind Body Nutrition by signing up for our free ebook series: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #bingeeating #foodrestriction #weight #eatingpsychology #diet #nutrition #foodandbody #healthcoach #weightlossdiet #foodcontrol #foodanxiety #peoplepleasing #heartattack #marcdavid #psychologyofeating

View Details

In this episode, we meet Jenny, 42, who is ready for a serious relationship after many years of monogamy. But she feels very self-conscious about her body, so much so that it feels almost impossible to open up to new love. Jenny’s last relationship ended in her late 20s, and ever since, she’s thrown herself into work and tried to ignore both the deep desire for a romantic relationship, and the poor body image that has prevented her from finding it. In her eating psychology coaching session, Jenny works with founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc David. As Jenny shares, she’s avoided dating out of fear that she’ll be rejected, telling herself that she’ll be better able to date once she’s happier with her body. As Marc reflects, so many of us assume that others hold the same judgments of ourselves and our bodies that we do. But very rarely is this actually the case. Others usually observe what’s good about us: the beauty in our curves, the special way we smile, or the twinkle in our eyes. As well as what makes us attractive on the inside … our kindness, caring, sense of humor, generosity, quirkiness, and so much more. For all of us learning to love and accept ourselves (and hey, that’s most of us!), this episode is for you. ------------------------- Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Explore a career as Mind Body Eating Coach specializing in Eating Psychology & Mind Body Nutrition by signing up for our free ebook series: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #bodyinsecurities #intimacy #dating #bodypositive #embodiment #intimacy #personalgrowth #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #marcdavid

View Details

In this episode, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, speaks with 38-year-old Juliana who has faced challenges around body weight and image since she was mocked for being a “chubby” kid. Originally from Brazil, Juliana now lives in Bonn Germany, where she finds the cultural attitudes on weight and body image are significantly different. Despite there being a decidedly less stringent idea of beauty in Germany, Juliana is finding it hard to let go of beauty concepts she grew up with in Brazil. She often worries about food and whether she’s getting the whole experience of eating “right” - whether that’s eating the “right” foods or eating the “right” amount of calories each day. Marc coaches Juliana and the rest of us trying to lose weight to see that, while weight loss is a fine goal for many, it becomes problematic when it becomes paramount to everything else in our life. When weight loss is more important than almost anything else, it’s very likely we hold the toxic nutritional belief that we’ll be happier when we’re thinner. In their conversation, Marc speaks to this rampant belief, why it causes so many of us to suffer unnecessarily, and how to begin to forge a new path. ------------------------- Learn more about us at The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Explore a career as Mind Body Eating Coach specializing in Eating Psychology & Mind Body Nutrition by signing up for our free ebook series: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #peaceofmind #enjoyfood #relationship #guilt #consequences #breakfast #diets #binging #healthychoice #restricting #selfesteem #bodyimage #bodyweight #positivemindset #bodypositivity #beinyourbody #embodiment #emotionaleating #howtoloveyourself #loveyourbody #bodylove #marcdavid

View Details

Alison is almost 50, and has been trying to lose weight – without success – for 20 years. A mother of four, Alison has tried various diets and got expert help but nothing has worked for her. Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, helps Alison get a new perspective about her weight loss journey and empowers her to be in her body. Don’t miss this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast. Key Insights: Alison has been trying to lose weight but only starvation diets seem to work for her. After a time the weight always comes back. She wants to not be consumed by weight loss, but is uncertain what to do at this point. Alison suffered a miscarriage in her 20s and later lost a teenage child to cancer. Marc explores the role of bereavement in her weight gain. In the past, Alison has experimented with letting go of food restriction just to see if eating like the rest of her family might give her the chance to re-regulate her body’s metabolism. After gaining weight, Alison considered this experiment a failure and returned to her starvation diets. Marc explains the rubber band effect that causes a body to gain weight suddenly after a long period of restricted eating. The fact that Alison gained weight is no surprise, nor does it make her experiment a failure. Marc suggests that the key to Alison creating vibrant health is by tuning into her body’s unique needs - what many think of as ‘intuitive eating’ and, at least for a time, give up weighing herself and dieting. For many, dieting can be a never-ending cycle of self-punishment that doesn’t ultimately lead to what we’re truly looking for: being healthy, feeling good about ourselves, and living a fulfilling life. It’s time to try a different approach. --------------------- Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #nutritioncoach #weightlossresistance #weightlossjourney #starvationdiet #ketodiet #emotionaleating #obesity #sustainableweightloss #dealingwithgrief #bereavement #relationshipwithfood #loveyourbody #marcdavid #healthcoach

View Details

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David speaks with 50-year old Samaria from Costa Rica. Samaria has Type 2 Diabetes and high cholesterol, and has been instructed by her physician to avoid certain foods that could be detrimental to her health. But Samaria is having a hard time making the nutritional changes she knows would be good for her. In their conversation, Samaria reveals she’s been struggling for most of her life with deep depression. Food is the only real pleasure in her life. So giving up the foods that make her feel good sounds like a recipe for an even less fulfilling life. What is Samaria to do? Eat the foods she loves but will perhaps cost her a longer life? Or avoid unhealthy food, but live a life with no real pleasure or fulfillment? As Marc explores, there’s an important third option that Samaria — and the rest of us who find emotional sustenance from food — will do well to consider. --------------------- Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #healthcoach #emotionaleating #type2diabetes #cholesterol #healthylifestylehabits #nutritionist #healthyfood #difficultemotions #depression #anxiety #instantgratificaion #mentalwellness #marcdavid

View Details

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast with Marc David, Marc interviews Paleovalley co-founder, Autumn Smith. After suffering from debilitating digestive issues and crippling anxiety for most of her life, Autumn saw specialist after specialist only to be told that nothing could be done to improve her symptoms. Almost ready to give up, Autumn turned to whole foods, and found that her IBS was cured in just 30 days - and her mental health also greatly improved. After such a powerful personal transformation, Autumn went on to dedicate her life to helping others harness the power of whole foods to live vibrant lives. A graduate of Marc’s Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, Autumn co-founded Paleovalley in 2013 with her husband Chas, to help people get the essential nutrients they need without added sugars, grains, and other harmful ingredients. Inspired by regenerative agriculture and the healing powers of grass-fed, pasture-raised meat, Autumn and Chas launched their next venture, Wild Pastures, in 2018. In her interview with Marc, Autumn explores the relationship between ancestral/Paleo-style of eating and its impact to our overall well-being, particularly our mental and gut health. Listen into hear Autumn’s research and advocacy on nutrient-dense whole foods, and how we can use them to powerfully transform our health challenges. To learn more about Paleovalley and WildPastures: + Paleovalley: helping people get the essential nutrients they need with no added sugars, grains, or other harmful ingredients. (Use Coupon Code for 15% off: PVFRIEND15) + Wild Pastures: a regenerative meat delivery service that sends 100% grass fed pasture raised meat directly to your doorstep

Or, learn more about Autumn’s Radiate in 28 Program, a 28-day mind-body program for sustainable fat loss and radiant health: https://paleovalley.com/store/radiate-in-28 And for more about Marc David and The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com. #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightlossdiet #paleovalley #wildpastures #overcominganxiety #wholefoods #mentalhealthtips #paleodiet #overcomingdepression #fermentedfoods #digestiveissues #guthealth #healthylifestylehabits #positivemindset

View Details

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David works with guest coaching client Susan around her frequent habit of stress eating. Like many of us, Susan’s life was hugely impacted by COVID-19. After enjoying working from home for many months of the pandemic, Susan has returned to her workplace only to find it a pretty stressful experience. She’s not so much worried about her personal safety, but is missing the sense of freedom she experienced working from home. In their conversation, Marc coaches Susan on the psychological reasons we turn to food in times of stress, and how our eating challenges are often symbolic of our need for control and freedom in other areas of life. Marc helps Susan recognize how she can shift her stress eating - not by focusing on food, but by looking at how this unwanted eating challenge is asking her to grow as a person. As Susan acknowledges, she’s ready to make some necessary changes in her relationship to her work and career, as well as ensure that she doesn’t let go of the daily self-care habits she developed while working at home. --------------------- Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #weightlossjourney #stresseating #bingeeating #emotionaleating #eatingchallenges #workfromhome #control #discomfort #feelbetter #relationshipwithfood #workplace #backtotheoffice #healthymindset #mindbodynutrition #marcdavid

View Details

Lenka, 43 and from Prague, recognizes a pattern with food that many of us will relate to: turning to food as a form of self-abuse. At the age of 15, Lenka developed bulimia, beginning a troubled relationship with food, and body dysmorphia that told her she wasn’t good enough if she wasn’t thin. Now an academic with a very busy life, Lenka has improved her relationship with eating, even finding herself somewhat relaxed around food at times. But in general, Lenka is not relaxed - not about food, and not particularly about anything else in her life. She’s single and can’t quite understand why, has been called a workaholic by her family and friends, and often feels alone and confused about her path in life. In their coaching episode - part of the “In Session with Marc David” series on The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David works with Lenka to uncover what’s really at the root of her eating challenges. As Marc teaches, our relationship with food often mirrors our relationship with life itself. And our challenges with food and body are always asking us to learn and grow, and to be open to what they’re here to teach us. As they explore, at an early age Lenka developed a core toxic belief that she needs to make her life perfect. And that deep desire to get everything “right” inevitably sets her up for failure. In this light, turning to food to self-abuse makes great sense if we think we’re to blame … and therefore deserve punishment. So tune into this episode of the podcast where we take a deep look at the core beliefs that hurt and hold us back, and how we can instead find the flow, beauty, and freedom with food and life that we all deserve. --------------------- Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #foodandbody #EDrecovery #bulimia #foodandbody #disorderedeating #perfectionism #embraceimperfection #journaling #grounding #yoga #relationshipwithfood #simplepleasures #healthymindset #loveyourbody #marcdavid

View Details

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, eating psychology expert Marc David works with 28-year old dietitian, Leah. A graduate of the Institute’s Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, Leah loves her profession and has a special affinity for working with Highly-Sensitive people (HSP). An HSP herself, Leah has been eating more sugar than she feels is good for her, and looks to Marc for guidance on what’s truly at the root of her habits with sugar. Through the course of their conversation, Marc and Leah explore some fascinating connections between her sugar habit and her experiences as a Highly-Sensitive Person. Part of what they identify is a need to be aware of the effects of overstimulation (technology, noise, etc), and how sugar can be a strategy to feel more embodied … something we ideally do through healthier mind-body practices. So many of us see our challenges with food as weaknesses or as a willpower problem. But as this episode demonstrates, there’s usually a deeper reason for our unwanted eating habits - not all of them immediately apparent. ------------------------- Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #dietitian #hsp #highlysensitiveperson #embodiment #inhabitthebody #overstimulation #sugarcravings #foodcravings #sugaraddiction #foodcravings #emotionaleating #marcdavid

View Details

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David works with 28-year-old Aamina from New Delhi, India. Aamina would like to improve her health and fitness levels, but she’s feeling stumped by why she seems to frequently self-sabotage with food. For the past several years, Aamina has found herself in a sort of “all-or-nothing” mentality with food - either in a healthy cycle with eating, or binging on foods that she knows aren’t great for her. Marc explores some of the hidden psychological reasons humans can get stuck in all-or-nothing behaviors with food, and offers a new framework for all of us when it comes to shifting our unwanted eating challenges. If you struggle with emotional eating, binge eating, food anxiety, or other food and body challenges, be sure to tune into this inspiring episode! -------------- Interested in becoming a health coach, or inspired to heal your own challenges with food and body? Then join us this May 31 to June 6, 2022, for our live event series about the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training: https://training.psychologyofeating.com/live/. We hope you’ll join in! Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #mindbodynutrition #marcdavid #relaxationresponse #junkfood #foodcravings #stressrelief #guiltypleasure #allornothingmentality #emotionalregulation #emotionaleating #bingeating #healthylife

View Details

In this episode of the Psychology of Eating Podcast, Teri is coming to terms with experiencing menopause in her early 40s with symptoms of poor sleep, hot flashes, mood disturbances, and more. And, unlike any time before, Teri is struggling to lose weight - something she’d really like to have happen as she redefines herself, her life, and her relationship to her body. Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc David, offers a variety of natural solutions to help Teri manage her symptoms, and offers insight into weight loss during menopause. Don’t miss this empowering episode! ---------------------- Interested in becoming a health coach, or inspired to heal your own challenges with food and body? Then join us this May 31 to June 6, 2022, for our live event series about the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training: https://training.psychologyofeating.com/live/. We hope you’ll join in! Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #hotflashes #menopause #essentialoils #weightgain #selfattack #judgment #guilt #negativeselftalk #earlymenopause #hormonalhealth

View Details

In this week’s episode of the Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David works with Jessica, who was diagnosed with Hashimoto's hypothyroidism over ten years ago. She would like to find natural alternatives for the pharmaceuticals she’s been using to manage her condition, as well as find ways to heal the Hashimoto’s-related digestive challenges she’s been experiencing. Eating psychology expert and nutrition consultant Marc David does a deep dive with Jessica on some of the most important things she can do for her health, including how to find a great functional medicine practitioner who can over see her care. He offers a variety of nutritional and supplemental strategies to experiment with including high-quality fats especially essential fatty acids, and natural alternatives to Synthroid, along with a discussion of why certain approaches — like avoiding gluten — don’t seem to work for everyone affected by Hashimoto’s. -------------------- Interested in becoming a health coach, or inspired to heal your own challenges with food and body? Then join us this May 31 to June 6, 2022, for our live event series about the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training: https://training.psychologyofeating.com/live/. We hope you’ll join in! Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionconsult #hashimotos #hashimotosdiet #hashimotoshealing #hypothyroidism #thyroidhealth #thyroidhealing #endocrinologist #integrativemedicine #functionalmedicine #ifm #overeating #digestion #standingdesk #dietaryfat #essentialfattyacids #plantbasedliving #holistichealth #holisticremedies #holisticmedicine #naturalhealing #empoweryourself

View Details

In this special guest edition of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David interviews Dr. Eric Zielinski, author, aromatherapist, researcher, Biblical health educator, and founder of NaturalLivingFamily.com. In their expansive interview, Dr. Zielinski offers a compelling look into the world of essential oils, and how they can serve as an important anchor in creating vibrant health. With a rich history extending back thousands of years, essential oils have an amazing ability to transform our physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual health. As the foremost expert in America on essential oils, Dr. Zielinski’s passion for natural living and essential oils began decades ago. Since then, his work has attracted millions of followers who share his belief in the healing properties of essential oils. Show Highlights: The use of essential oils goes back millenia, but were also used widely just before the advent of modern medicine when combat medics in World Wars I and II used them for their antibacterial properties. Oils like clove, oregano, lemongrass, and tea tree oil were the antibiotic equivalents at that time. Essential oils are increasingly recognized in scientific research for their ability to fight infection, balance blood pressure, protect against cancer, alleviate anxiety and depression, and detoxify the body. Modern manufactured products, whether detergents, deodorizers, aerosols, or sprays contain neurotoxins that have stunted our natural human sensory abilities to detect substances that are bad for our health. For this reason, it’s vital to minimize our exposure to toxic products, as much as possible. Essential oils have a remarkable capability to retrain our sense of smell to more accurately detect noxious substances in our environment. Dr. Zielinski emphasizes the important role of essential oils in getting people reconnected to the natural world, among others. He highlights the Japanese ancient healing art of Shinrin-yoku, or forest bathing, where one gets out in nature - preferably a densely wooded area, as another example. Simply by being outside, breathing in the volatile organic compounds from the living world, and stimulating every touch, we naturally improve our health and vitality. Dr. Zielinski shares his background in Biblical health education, a field he is presently helping to develop. Biblical health recognizes our God-given right to an abundant life: spiritual, emotional, financial, and social. ------------------------- For more on Dr. Zielinski, head to https://www.naturallivingfamily.com, or learn more about his bestselling book, The Healing Power of Essential Oils at https://go.naturallivingfamily.com/free-essential-oils-book/. And for more about Marc David and The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com. #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #ericzielinski #aromatherapist #aromatherapy #biblicalhealth #essentialoils #naturalhealing #pharmaindustry #plantchemistry #biblicalhealth #abundantlife

View Details

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David speaks to Francesca from Brisbane, Australia. Francesca has had weight challenges since she was a young girl, and would like to lose 50 kilos. She’s tried Weight Watchers over the last few years, but frequently falls off the program … the food restriction feels too hard, and her motivation to continue drops. For Francesca, food restriction feels like being told what to do — and she’s at a point where she just doesn’t want any more restraints on her life. Growing up, her mother died at birth and her father was very disciplinarian, making it hard to know where to go to for comfort. He eventually set up an arranged marriage for Francesca, to a good husband who himself didn’t quite know how to provide the comfort and care her heart yearned for. Marc identifies that food became a source of safety, security, intimacy, and bonding. It was a strategy that made sense when she was young, but now at 64, she’s being called to invoke the more mature parts of herself that can challenge the idea that having the right body will make her happy. And he points out that the teenage rebel archetype inside her is a beautiful one, it just needs channeling into other parts of her life instead of her relationship with food. -------------------- Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightlossjourney #thinkingaboutfood #feelingheavy #beingpresent #lovefood #sloweating #childhoodtrauma #emotionregulation #bodypositivity #healthyweightloss #bingeeating #foodasfriend

View Details

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, we meet 32-year old Sofia from Bulgaria, who would like to stop binge eating. Working with Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Sofia shares that she uses food as a weapon for self-destruction. And she’s been doing so for quite a while … all the way back to her father’s suicide attempts when she was just 15 years old. Recently, Sofia moved to a new country where she’s been adjusting to an entirely new life, her mother was diagnosed with breast cancer, and she had a heartbreaking miscarriage. Through it all, Sofia has struggled with major depression, and often turns to food for comfort. As Marc explains, it’s exceedingly common to turn to food to help regulate our emotions. And to a limited degree, this can be a useful strategy - until it isn’t. So what can Sofia do to heal her relationship with food? A key strategy is harnessing the power of the artist archetype. Tune in now to learn more about this unique approach! -------------------- Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #weightlossdiet #weightlossjourney #bingeeating #selfempowerment #overeating #overcomingdepression #junkfood #perfectionist #selfacceptance #selfcompassion #loveyourself #selfimprovement #lifestylechanges

View Details

Struck with night-time cravings? Then you’ll want to tune into this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast! Emily, 27, likes to snack after meals. But after dinner, her food cravings become really intense. So intense, in fact, that it seems like she can’t control herself at all. As soon as dinner is finished, Emily’s brain starts wandering to what’s in the pantry, and before she knows it, she’s eating all kinds of foods she promised herself earlier in the day she wouldn’t. While Emily can’t quite figure out what’s driving her to binge after dinner, she knows that stress has something to do with it. As their coaching session unfolds, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, shares some key insights as to what Emily’s night-time binging is all about — and what she can do moving forward. One of Marc’s distinctions? Our challenges as human beings often express themselves in our relationship with food and in our relationship with our bodies. But that doesn’t mean we have a “problem” with food. We’re simply learning to have a relationship with food that truly works for us, mind, body, heart and soul. -------------------- Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutrition #mindbodynutrition #nighttimecravings #relationshipwithfood #overcominganorexia #snacking #underweight #EDrecovery #appetite #bodyfat #perfectionism #perfectionist #weighthate #journaling #selflovejourney #instituteforthepsychologyofeating #marcdavid

View Details

Living with fibromyalgia? Then you won’t want to miss today’s episode, where Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, coaches 39-year old Hayley from South Africa on how to best work with her fibromyalgia. Hayley first noticed symptoms of pain and hypermobility after finishing a career as a long distance runner. She was used to being in pain, but expected that it would subside after she quit running. Unfortunately, the pain did not go away. Hayley went for 12 years not understanding why she was in such intense physical pain, only to be diagnosed just a few months ago with fibromyalgia. Since her diagnosis, Hayley recognizes the key role that her diet plays. If she strays from eating healthy food, her pain increases substantially - as does her anxiety and her sleep challenges. But is working with food enough? What else can Hayley do to manage her symptoms and live the vibrant, fulfilling life she desires? -------------------- Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #chronicpain #chronicfatigue #disorderedeating #fibromyalgia #chronicpainsyndrome #bingeeating #ptsd #dnrsystem #chemicalsensitivity #healthcoach #marcdavid #mindbodynutrition

View Details

In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, speaks with Donna Gates, M.Ed, ABAAHP. Donna is the author of The Body Ecology Diet: Recovering Your Health and Rebuilding Your Immunity and The Body Ecology Guide to Growing Younger: Anti-Aging Wisdom for Every Generation, and one of the foremost experts in digestive health.

In this interview, Donna gives us a sweeping overview of the many ways we can look at gut health, food preparation and repairing our intestinal flora. She cover topics such as how to best prepare carbohydrate rich foods for optimal digestion, the brilliance of nature’s design of our digestive system, fermentation, raising healthy kids, unexpected remedies for autism, the 4 “Rs” Protocol (Remove, Replace, Re-inoculate, and Repair), probiotic rich food versus probiotic supplements, and more.

Lots of fascinating, fun facts and tips from one of the world’s great experts in gut health.

For more on Donna Gates and her work, visit https://bodyecology.com. To learn more about Donna’s classic book, The Body Ecology Diet: Recovering Your Health & Rebuilding Your Immunity, go to https://shop.bodyecology.com/products/the-body-ecology-diet

And for more about Marc David and The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com.

Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.com/become-a-coach-h/, and click on the link for the free introductory class! Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #donnagates #carbcravings #digestivehealth #bodyecologydiet #fermentedfoods #paleo #fermentation #systemiccandidiasis #microbiome #probiotics #guthealth

View Details

Sumi, aged 40, joins eating psychology expert Marc David in this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast. Sumi is a functional medicine doctor in Malaysia who is self-treating for Hashimoto’s disease. She has been successfully managing her Hashimoto’s through dietary and lifestyle changes, supplements, and stress reduction. Currently a low-carbohydrate pescatarian, Sumi has a vegan before and would like to return to veganism out of ethical concerns. But her health has improved so much since eating fish and eggs that she’s hesitant to cut those foods out. What’s more, Sumi commonly counsels her patients that eating meat can be helpful in the healing process — but she feels torn between what she believes is best for her patients (and for herself), and her deeply-held spiritual and ethical beliefs. How does Sumi get herself out of this medical and ethical conundrum? -------------------- Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #autoimmunedisease #thyroid #hashimotos #thyroidfood #thyroidhealth #vegan #veganismandhealth #paleo #mindbodynutrition #marcdavid

View Details

Forty-seven-year-old Maja is originally from Slovakia and now lives in Melbourne, Australia. Maja happily works as a public servant, and is in a wonderful relationship. But there’s one thing that’s really getting to her: her intense rules about what she can and cannot eat. Maja would like to let go of her food rules and the feeling of being out of control when she breaks those rules. Instead, she wants to be able to savor and appreciate what she eats, and eat what her body is hungry for … instead of what her mind thinks is best for her. In their coaching session, Maja identifies guilt as a prime obstacle getting in the way of her being able to simply enjoy food. As she and Marc dig deeper, Maja recalls being the youngest child in her family, and the horror she felt watching her parent’s marriage quietly disintegrate. So afraid that her life was going to fall apart, she became a perfectionist in many areas of life, including as an eater. If you can relate to feeling stifled by food control and worry, this episode will give you some great takeaways for how you can transform your own relationship with food. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutrition #weightloss #disorderedeating #anorexiarecovery #bellyfat #perfectionist #flatstomach #femininemind #masculinemind #embody #nourishment #internalfeminine #relationshipwithfood #bodyimage #trustyourself #mindbodynutrition #marcdavid #healthcoach

View Details

Alexandra, 42, from Lisbon, Portgual, speaks with eating psychology expert and founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc David, about how to stop binge eating and overeating. Also on her “food and body wish list” is the desire to lose an extra few kilos. Alexandra has been working to transform her relationship with food for some time, and has amazing awareness of the emotional roots of her eating challenges. Alexandra recognizes that — like so many of us — she turns to food for comfort from loneliness and other challenging life experiences. But she also knows that’s not ultimately the best way to self-soothe. In their coaching session, Marc identifies several powerful paradigm shifts that will help Alexandra better manage her emotional state, and look at her challenges with food from an entirely different perspective. If you’ve ever struggled with weight, binge eating, overeating, or emotional eating, you won’t want to miss this episode! Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weight #bingeeating #overeating #emotionaleating #coping #loneliness #relationshipwithfood #healingjourney #relationshipwithbody #selfawareness #gainingconfidence #mentalhealthjourney #mindbodynutrition

View Details

Now in his 60s, Scott has had eating challenges since he was a wrestler in high school when he developed anorexia and bulimia. Scott has since overcome his eating disorders, but is still dealing with emotional eating, food restriction, and worry around eating and exercise. Scott turns to Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, for help as to how he can break free from these unwanted patterns. In their coaching session, Marc explores the roots of eating disorders and why, for some, over-identification with a history of eating disorders can actually hold us back from moving on with our lives. If you or a loved one has recovered from an eating disorder, but is still struggling with food and body image, you won’t want to miss this episode. Tune in now! Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #eatingchallenge #bulimia #anorexia #eatingdisorder #eatingdisorderrecovery #emotionaleating #foodrestriction #foodworry #exercise #relationshipwithfood #freedomwithfood #forgiveyourself #bodylove #mindbodynutrition #nutrition #marcdavid #instituteforthepsychologyofeating

View Details

In this special edition of the Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David interviews Eating Psychology and Nutrition expert Elise Museles, author of Food Story: Rewrite the Way You Eat, Think, and Live, and podcast host of Once Upon a Food Story. Elise holds four certificates in holistic health and integrative healing, and is a graduate of Marc’s Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training at the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, a five-time National Institutes of Health (NIH) grant recipient, and a frequent expert cited in such publications as O: The Oprah Magazine, Forbes, Health, Self, ELLE, Well&Good, mindbodygreen, Yoga Journal, and more. In their interview, Elise shares with us her fascination with all things food story, and why our food story is so important to transforming our eating challenges such as emotional eating, binge eating, chronic dieting, weight, body image, and more. As Elise explains, our food story is our unique set of thoughts, beliefs, feelings, and past experiences with food and body. So many of us focus on nutrition and lifestyle protocols, but spend little time considering how our mindset affects our eating patterns. In this powerful interview, Elise breaks down why understanding and transforming our food story is key to changing our unwanted food and body challenges. If you’re intrigued about your own personal food story, and how to cut out the “food noise” (all the external chatter about what and what not to eat, weight, and more), tune in to learn more! For more on Elise, visit www.elisemuseles.com, discover her book at www.elisemuseles.com/book, or follow her on Instagram at www.instagram.com/elisemuseles. And to learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com. #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #holistichealth #elisemuseles #oprah #forbes #mindbodygreen #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #mindbodynutrition #perfectionism #lovemybody #foodystory #whatisyourfoodstory

View Details

Have you ever felt jealous of your past self … of the body and the life you used to have? If so, you’ll relate to today’s podcast episode, featuring 34-year old Victoria from the UK. Victoria is a former fitness model who has overcome anorexia, bulimia, and binge eating. She knows she wasn’t truly happy in her modeling days, but she can’t help but look back on photos of her old self with envy. In their eating psychology coaching session, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, works with Victoria on her persistent desire to lose weight and look a certain way. What unfolds is a moving conversation on the negative impact conditioning has on all of us around our appearance and weight, and how to finally move out of self-rejection and into self-acceptance. Regardless of whether you’ve personally ever struggled with an eating disorder, this episode will inspire you to think differently about your own challenges with food and body. Tune in now! Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Sign up for our free professional series on training with us as a health coach: https://lp.psychologyofeating.com/eating-psychology-video-series/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

View Details

Forty-five-year-old Michelle from Australia has been dealing with IBS (Irritable Bowel Syndrome) for the last 10 years. She’s tried numerous dietary approaches including a low FODMAPS diet, and reports that her past restrictive diets seem to have only increased her food intolerances. Regardless of what she eats, she’s frequently struck with extreme discomfort, causing her intense anxiety and worry about the consequences of trying to engage in the simple — and necessary — act of eating. To boot, Michelle is often ravenous and snacks a lot throughout the day, contributing to some weight gain that she would like to shed. Unsure of how to proceed, she consults with Marc David, eating psychology expert and founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, for help. Listen in as Marc helps her hone in on the true cause of her IBS, and how she can work to unwind the unfortunate state of digestive distress she finds herself in each day. Tune in now! ----------------------------- With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #ibs #anxiety #glutenfree #dairyfree #estrogendominance #progesterone #functionalmedicine #insulinregulation #relaxationresponse #meditation #healthcoach #mindbodynutrition #emotions #nutrition #marcdavid #instituteforthepsychologyofeating

View Details

In this episode of the Psychology of Eating Podcast, we meet 60-year old Heidi from Catalina Island, California. In 2014, Heidi was at a point of peak fitness, preparing for a hiking trip to Machu Picchu — until she was afflicted with a rare spinal staph infection that caused temporary paralysis in her legs. Now on lifelong antibiotics, Heidi is experiencing pain, inflammation, gut challenges, and weight gain. An incredibly resilient person, Heidi has remarried after her former partner left her during her illness, and has mostly made peace with no longer being an athlete. In their coaching session, Marc works with Heidi to explore ways to lose weight and improve her symptoms. Tune in to this inspiring conversation now! -------------------- With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #weightgain #antibiotics #gutbiome #foodsensitivities #emotionalchallenges #staphinfection #digestion #intuitiveeating #functionalnutrition

View Details

Denise is a 36-year-old mother living in Zimbabwe who would like to create a new relationship with food and body. Having struggled for years to accept her body as it is, Denise is realizing what a burden her self-attack and self-rejection have been - and she’s ready to turn the page on this old pattern. In this episode of the Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David coaches Denise on how she can use the power of presence to overcome her negative self-talk and create an empowering new vision for herself and her future. Tune into this beautiful conversation on self-acceptance, gratitude, and presence in the face of our challenges with food, body, and life. ------------------- With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

View Details

Since childhood, Gretchen, aged 35, has always weighed more than she would have liked. At 150 pounds in the 6th grade, Gretchen found her weight continuing to climb into young adulthood. Now engaged and about to be married, Gretchen is grappling with the need to let go of more than just extra pounds: the weight hate she’s endured her whole life, and grief and sadness she absorbed from her parents as a child. Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, coaches Gretchen on the path of individuation she’s embarked on, discovering who she really is, and allowing that truth to heal her challenges with food and body. Tune into this inspiring episode to hear Marc empower Gretchen with tools to create healthy boundaries, embody, and live with more joy and freedom. ----------------- With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightlossjourney #weightlossdiet #eatingchallenges #individuation #metabolism #metabolichealth #weightregulation #boundaries #healthyboundaries #weightchallenges #loseweight #bestself

View Details

Understanding Emotional Eating When It Comes to Feeling Safe

Sometimes living on Planet Earth can feel like a game of survival - and for some of us, that’s a lifelong experience. In today’s episode of the podcast, food psychology teacher Marc David works with 47-year old Isabelle. As a child, Isabelle endured years of physical abuse from her stepfather, and subsequently never developed the feeling of emotional safety. Now a mother herself, Isabelle is recognizing that her patterns around emotional eating are deeply intertwined with her childhood experiences, and the challenge she’s had as an adult of forgiving her now elderly mom for looking the other way. In their coaching session, Marc shares some powerful paradigm shifts and strategies for reconnecting and finally experiencing the emotional safety that we all need to be healthy humans. As Marc teaches, when we truly work on our relationship with food, we’re driven to go deeper: far beyond what’s on our plate, or what and when we eat. For so many of us, working on our relationship with food also means that we’re doing the inner work to resolve the pain and heartbreak we’ve experienced along the path of life.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Interested in our unique approach to food, nutrition, and health, and how you can become certified in eating psychology? Then tune into our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #foodjourney #healingjourney #bodywisdom #bingeeating #emotionaleating #childhoodabuse #childhoodtrauma #relationshipwithmother #abusesurvivor #therapy

View Details

A 36-Year Old Ph.D. Student Creates a New Relationship with Food & Body

Jane, 36, is a Ph.D. student and today’s guest on the Psychology of Eating Podcast. As a 14-year old girl, a family friend introduced her to Weight Watchers. Weight loss became a game to her, where she could add up points and see the scale begin to go down – something she was eager to do as a self-proclaimed tomboy who found the physical changes that come with puberty quite traumatic. As she talks with Marc David, master coach and founder of the Institute for the Psychology, she shares what’s led her to where she is now: wanting to lose weight and not have food consume so much of her thoughts, while also learning how to use diet and nutrition to help shift some health concerns she was recently diagnosed with. Tune in now! ---------------- With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #weightgain #weightwatchers #pcos #weightlossresistance #insulinresistance #healthybreakfast #disembodiment #calorieburning #metabolichealth #intuitiveeating #bodywisdom #bodyrhythms

View Details

A 41-Year Old’s Journey with Depression, Weight, & Instant Gratification In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, we meet 41-year-old Claire from Glasgow, Scotland. Claire is a new mother to a two-year-old boy, and in a loving, supportive marriage. But she privately struggles with post-partum depression and weight gain that’s undermining her ability to live joyfully. After undergoing IVF therapy and finally giving birth to her son, Claire can’t help but feel that she should be in a different emotional place: enjoying early motherhood, feeling fulfilled, and looking to the future with positive anticipation. Master eating psychology coach and founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc David, works with Claire to turn an important corner in her life as a new mom. ------------------- With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, with students in over 100 countries around the world. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

View Details

A 35-Year-Old Woman Works with Pelvic Floor Dysfunction

What’s the role between stress, pelvic floor dysfunction, and gut issues like constipation? That’s what we explore in this episode, where Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, speaks with 35-year old Angela from Australia. Since the age of about 20, Angela has been dealing with constipation and pelvic floor pain, and a prior diagnosis of endometriosis. She’s tried every diet she knows to try to improve her condition, but with very limited success. Angela has recently realized that pelvic floor dysfunction may be playing a role in her chronic constipation and has started seeing a pelvic floor physical therapist. Through the course of their conversation, Marc talks with Angela about the role of stress and trauma in pelvic floor dysfunction and coaches her on non-dietary solutions for her condition. Tune in now for a fascinating conversation on a little-known but highly prevalent condition affecting many women – and men – around the world. ------------------------ With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #nutritionexpert #eatingpsychology #weightlossdiet #eliminationdiet #healthchallenges #ibs #endometriosis #pelvicfloor #pelvicfloordysfunction #constipation #stress #gutissues #stressresponse #neuroplasticity #healthydiet #healthyeating #dnrs

View Details

Changing Our Minds About Our Bodies

Arina, 33, arrives at her coaching session with Marc David with several challenges with food she would like to transform: anxiety that she spends much of her day thinking about food, fast eating habits, food cravings, and a dislike of certain parts of her body. Tune into Marc’s transformational conversation with Arina, and find answers to your own eating challenges. Key Insights: * Arina, a 33-year-old mother, wishes she could change some parts of her body and cut down on sweet foods and cravings. She wants to make sure she and her family eat healthy and worries that her cravings and eating habits are interfering with her deeper desires for good health. * Marc David urges Arina to move away from the sort of perfectionism that so many women in their 30s have. He advises her to start embracing herself and her body rather than judging and punishing herself for what she perceives as personal flaws. * Marc reminds Arina that the people who love her, do so just as she is. Her son, for instance, doesn’t love her based on the way she looks. Arina must learn to love herself as unconditionally as others in her life love her. * Sweet cravings are natural, and there’s truly nothing wrong with enjoying the experience of eating sweet things. Limiting and regulating our sugar intake is important, but it’s also vital to allow ourselves pleasure in eating. If you’re eating sweets (or any other foods) and feeling guilty, it’s a good moment for self-reflection. Why eat something if you’re going to feel guilty, and why feel guilty if you’ve decided to eat something when you can instead open up to the pleasure that food provides? * Fast eating is a common habit, and it often signals that we’re “checking out” of the body. To begin to change this habit, check back in. Notice how your food tastes, and tune into your thoughts and emotions. That’s the first step to slowing down and eating more mindfully.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #weightlossdiet #healthyeating #gettinginshape #sweetfoods #sugarcravings #sloweating #mindfuleating #slowingdown #beingpresent #cravings #mindfulness #fastfoodcravings #fasteating #healthcoach #nutrition #health #loveyourbody #bodyimage

View Details

33-Year Old Jess Works to Transform Stress Eating & Food Guilt

Jessica, a recently divorced 33-year old mother of three, is discovering how to find freedom with food. For her, that means not constantly tracking her food, controlling her cravings for sweets, or feeling guilty when she eats forbidden foods. Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc David explains to Jessica the evolutionary reasons behind her cravings and normalizes her desire to control what she eats. Listen to this enlightening and insightful episode now! Key Insights: * Jessica, 33, speaks to Marc David about her challenges around eating and weight. She would ideally like to lose weight but admits that even when she weighed less, she wasn’t satisfied with her appearance. She believes that if she could get rid of her cravings for sugar and junk food, she would find the weight and freedom around food she desires. * As Marc explains, humans — like other living creatures — evolved to enjoy eating. We developed specialized taste buds including those that are stimulated by sweet foods as an evolutionary imperative. * While it’s part of our natural biology to crave sweets and other foods, societal conditioning causes us to feel guilty and self-punish. * Part of the key to working with intense cravings is by bringing understanding to this natural biological wiring. In doing so, we’re better able to recognize what drives these urges and to let go of the guilt we feel when we indulge. * As we begin to normalize our cravings, we also want to bring consciousness to the table. As Marc coaches, consciousness allows us to check in with ourselves and have a deeper conversation about what we really want and need in a given moment.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: - Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage - Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ - Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #sugarcravings #enjoyeating #forgiveyourself #dontpunishyourself #feelgood #stresschemistry #metabolism #perfection #stresseating #foodguilt #mindbodynutrition #nutrition #healthcoach

View Details

Overcoming Resistance to Improving Our Health

In today’s episode, we explore a topic that many will relate to: wanting to improve one’s health, but struggling with resistance to making healthy changes. As Cheryl’s guest coaching session with eating psychology teacher Marc David demonstrates, changing our lifestyle can be challenging — particularly when our loved ones aren’t making similar healthy food choices. At 51, Cheryl reports that she’s carrying some extra weight around her midsection, which she’d like to let go of. She’s been trained in Marc’s Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, where she learned a lot about the nuances of behavior change and has moved away from tired approaches that focus on notions of “good” and “bad” foods, calorie restriction, and “calories-in” and “calories-out.” But after visiting a functional nutritionist who has given her some strict nutrition instructions and a long list of supplements to take each day, she’s at a crossroads. She doesn’t want to follow all of her nutritionist’s advice and believes that her pattern of resisting things that are good for her is at fault. Marc turns the conversation upside down, pointing out to Cheryl that sometimes what seems like resistance is something else entirely. Tune in to hear the insights Marc has for Cheryl and the rest of us who feel like we sometimes can’t get out of our own way. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutrionist #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #supplements #nutritionalsupplement #weightgain #empoweryourself #overcomingresistance #eatingchallenges #foodchallenges #foodrestriction #maturewoman #healthchoices #healthcoach #functionalnutrition

View Details

Growing up in Poland, today’s guest, Justyna, didn’t learn much from her parents or teachers about the body changes that came with puberty. As she moved through adolescence, she became increasingly uncomfortable with how her body was changing. She began a 20-year journey with dieting — an experience that SO many of our listeners can relate to. Now 39, Justyna lives in Antwerp, Belgium, and is at a very different point in life. She recognizes that dieting hasn’t made her happy and that she’s been trying to force her body into a shape that it simply doesn’t want to inhabit. Her body has been giving her clear messages that it wants to live on its terms, which Justyna wants to honor but doesn’t quite how to do that. Tune into her wonderful conversation with Marc David as they talk about how to tune into one’s body wisdom. ------------------- With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #ayurveda #perfectionism #dieting #detox #detoxthemind #innerwisdom #bodywisdom #bodyimage #bodyimagehealing #healingjourney #healthcoach #mindbodynutrition #intuitiveeating #healthyweight #naturalbodyweight #voiceofwisdom

View Details

Discovering the Rhythm of Life: One Woman’s Journey

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Taunya has come a long way since the days of her disordered eating patterns. Here she speaks to bestselling author and coach Marc David, who has helped countless people develop a healthy relationship with food. Taunya would like to learn to be her body’s best friend. In this fascinating discussion, Marc connects some important dots between showing up for herself, her husband, and her deepest desires in their relationship. Listen in to Marc and Taunya’s freewheeling chat about connecting more deeply with her husband and about the ways to fulfill her intellectual and emotional needs. Key Insights: * A lot of people try to manipulate the body instead of being with and present for the body. However, controlling the body is not the same as caring for it. * Overcoming disordered eating patterns is joyous and liberating. Part of how we do this is by being truly present with ourselves, our feelings, and our needs. And surrounding ourselves with positive energy along the way. * Be your body's friend. This means nourishing and supporting the body rather than rigidly controlling intake, exercising punishingly, weighing and timing everything and feeling guilty at every little slip up. * It is not unreasonable to want to create a new, deeper and more fulfilling connection with a life partner; to look for greater intellectual and emotional fulfillment. This can be done in a gentle, loving way devoid of demand or expectation. * Learning to find a safe space within oneself is essential for easing stressful situations and improving relationships.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#psychologyofeating #BeYourBestFriend #BodysBestFriend #DeeperConnection #BeautifulDesire #UntangleYourself #BodyTherapy #LooseningUp #LoseTheGuilt #ListenToTheBody #PersonalGrowth #GrowthPath #KnowYourself #BePresentToYou #DropIntoYourBody

View Details

A 29-Year-Old Woman Works with Wanting A Different Body

Lauren, 29, spent much of her life feeling underweight, until about three years ago when she went through a traumatic breakup and gained weight. She comes to her session with Marc David seeking to feel good about herself regardless of her body size or shape. As Marc reflects, that’s a beautiful goal, but the path to getting there might just be a little different than she’s imagining right now. Tune into their inspiring conversation about love, loss, body image, and so much more. Key Insights: * Sometimes a traumatic incident such as a bad breakup can have us turn to food for comfort. This is a natural coping mechanism that, while not ideal for our health and weight, is understandable. * An important first step in changing unwanted eating behaviors is recognizing the usefulness that these patterns can have at difficult times in our lives. As we step away from self-judgment and towards self-compassion, we can more easily establish healthy habits for ourselves. * Wanting to feel good about yourself at any size or shape is an admirable goal. However, for some of us, there can be an unhelpful thought process that undermines our ability to love our body as it is right now. We often think that we need to totally get rid of the thought, “I need to lose weight for me to be happy.” * Instead, as Marc invites Lauren to do, the way to let go of any thoughts of needing to lose weight to be happy is to instead tune into other kinds of hopes and wishes that are more interesting. As we create a life we love, letting go of unwanted eating habits or a negative body image happens naturally. * It’s also important to recognize the natural human desire to take pride in our appearance. That’s not necessarily a “bad” thing. The paradox for all humans is allowing ourselves to be OK with this desire, while also unabashedly embracing ourselves, as we are in any given moment. The two are not mutually exclusive.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #overcomingtrauma #breakuprecovery #perfectionism #beautystandards #bodyweight #bodypositive #feelingokay #losingweight #relationshipwithfood #selfworth #bodyimage #healthcoach #foodforthought #comfortfood #emotionaleating

View Details

A Man Embraces His Power

Does your health span match your lifespan? This is the question Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, answers for Augustine, who is striving to not just live longer, but healthier. Join them in this inspiring conversation about physical, emotional, and mental vitality that goes beyond just food, working out, and weight loss. Key Insights: * Augustine, 49, shares his journey about health goals and life aspirations with Marc David. As the owner of a CrossFit gym, he is eager to learn the strategies and approaches to increasing his longevity. * A key concept in the longevity universe is that of our “health span,” which is the length of our lives spent in good health and free from chronic disease. While it’s good to focus on longevity, it’s equally important to consider how we can maintain our health as long into the future as possible. * As this episode explores, physical fitness is not the only type of fitness that is important. Mental and emotional health, relationships, and spirituality are also vital aspects of one’s wellbeing, and necessary for a long and healthy life. * When it comes to longevity, it’s easy to stray into perfectionism, which ultimately can hamper our progress with health and well-being. * Ironically, the more we learn about longevity (often referred to as “bio-hacking” or “DIY biology”), the easier it is to become hyperfocused on all the strategies we can use to increase it. Getting clear on what your personal goals are, learning how to weed out what’s not useful to your unique longevity quest, and staying out of overwhelm is key.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #healthspan #perfectionism #selfimage #selfcare #bodywisdom #lifegoals #bodypositive #bodylove #selflovejourney #peacewithyourself #healthcoach #longetivy

View Details

What Illness is Asking of Us When It Comes to Self-Care

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, eating psychology teacher Marc David speaks with 56-year-old Veronica who has just been diagnosed with diabetes. She’d like to lose weight and become better organized about her food and health. Marc takes the conversation in an unexpected direction, helping Veronica to recognize the importance for self-care that goes beyond good nutrition. Tune in now! Key Insights * Being diagnosed with a condition such as diabetes inevitably brings up new and unexpected realities. Among them is the need to prioritize oneself and engage in regular self-care like never before. * A new health diagnosis represents a certain crossroads. We’re no longer who we were, but we’re not exactly sure yet what our new life will look and feel like. Being mindful of how you talk to yourself about your condition is vital. * Diabetes is a condition that is greatly influenced by good nutrition. In some cases, Type II diabetes can be reversed through early diagnosis and key lifestyle changes. * When managing diabetes, look for all the help you can get. Find apps to help you organize your day-to-day food plans, get support from family members to help you plan your food shopping, or consider joining a support group. * For all of us, whether or not we’re dealing with a health condition: let go of the lifetime of conditioning you’ve received that self-care is bad or shameful. Just as you want your loved ones to feel good and enjoy life, learn to embrace your worthiness around self-care. You not only deserve it, you need it … truly.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #selfcaretips #diabetes #diabetescare #foodchallenges #loseweight #diabetesdiagnosis #selfcare #prioritizeyourself #healthandwellbeing #healthyweightloss #healthcoach

View Details

Allowing Discomfort: A Key to Transforming Emotional Eating

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Kelly has struggled with emotional eating since age 10. Now 56, she’s happier than she’s ever been - she’s in a wonderful relationship and loves her life, except for the 30+ pounds that have crept up in the past few years. Eating psychology teacher and master coach Marc David helps Kelly understand the reasons behind her challenging relationship with food, and the guilt and shame she feels around food and body image. Watch this thought-provoking conversation as Kelly achieves an important breakthrough. Key Insights: * There’s a massive stigma against emotional eating. We believe it’s bad and that we’re bad for engaging it. But humans are emotional creatures. Eating, by its very nature, is an emotional act. We’re biologically wired to love food, it’s built into our DNA. Part of the solution to emotional eating is to stop believing that loving food is wrong. * Another key reframe is emotional eating vs. being an emotional eater. The former is simply a behavior, it doesn’t define who we are as a person. Identifying as an emotional eater puts us into a box, and once we’re in that box, we have a big problem that needs solving. * What’s true about emotional eating is that it’s a symptom of a deeper issue, typically unrelated to issues with food. When we find ourselves reaching for food to distract or self-soothe, it’s a good time to stop and ask, “What am I feeling right now? Am I really hungry? Is there something else that I’m needing?” * Staying present and self-connected is vital. Find positive ways to do this such as walking the dog, talking to your partner, calling a friend, or listening to music. What’s key is finding something that helps you stay connected with yourself. * Learning to savor and truly relish the food we eat is important. Often when we have eating challenges, we’ll rush and miss the pleasure that makes the experience of eating so wonderful.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #emotionaleating #overcomingperfectionism #bepresent #eatingchallenge #perfectionism #healthyweight #healthyweightloss #diettips #nutritiontips #healthylifestyle #healthcoach

View Details

A 25-Year Old Releases the Need to Control Food … and Life

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, eating psychology teacher Marc David speaks with 25-year old Lilja from beautiful Reykjavik, Iceland. Lilja is underweight and has been recently diagnosed with anorexia. While part of her wants to gain weight, she’s simultaneously afraid of becoming overweight and staying that way for the rest of her life. As she’s coached by Marc, Lilja reveals that she’s deeply Christian, but sometimes finds herself spiritually shut down. During these times, Lilja often turns to food for comfort. Through their conversation, Marc offers a powerful reframe on what’s going on for her and what’s needed to create a healthy relationship with food and body. Don’t miss this inspiring episode! Key Insights: * Food and body challenges are deeply intertwined with every area of life, including our spirituality. When one area of our life is challenged, food is an easy substitute to find comfort and balance our nervous system. * When we perceive ourselves as having lost our spiritual connection, we can feel unmoored and look for things to control so we feel safe. Food is one of the easiest things to control. * When it comes to healing eating challenges, trusting oneself is a key ingredient. Learning to trust yourself is also multi-layered. It might mean trusting your body’s cravings, for example. At a higher level, it means knowing that no matter what you do, what foods you eat or don’t eat, and how you feel afterward, you know you’ll stand by you and not punish yourself. * For sensitive souls like Lilja, eating challenges can be a reflection of not knowing how to deal with life’s hardships. For those of you who identify with Lilja’s story, pay particular attention to the part of Marc’s coaching session where he talks about agreeing to be here on planet Earth and learning to allow pain and difficulty. * Always, always: Self-love and self-forgiveness are essential keys to establishing a healthy relationship with food. Instead of thinking you have to force your body into a certain weight or state, Marc offers us an important reminder that our most important work with our bodies is to simply love them.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #spiritualchallenge #anorexia #weightfluctuation #weightgain #weightchallenge #weightstruggles #healthyweight #loveyourbody #anorexiarecovery #bodyimage #bodyimagehealing #healthcoach

View Details

A 39-Year Old’s Journey with Food, Loneliness, and Self-Soothing

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In this episode of The Psychology of Eating podcast, Marc David works with 39-year old Linda, who has been binge eating since the age of eight. As a young person, Linda felt unable to express her true feelings and needs with her family and turned to food to self-soothe. Decades later, Linda feels like life has passed her by, consumed by a habit that, as she says, “has taken me away from discovering who I am.” Now at the cusp of a breakthrough, Marc empowers her with the right mindset to embrace her life path, forgive herself, and redefine her relationship with food. Don’t miss this uplifting and inspiring conversation. Key Insights: * Like other unwanted eating challenges, binge eating often develops in childhood as we try to cope with circumstances outside our control. * Emotionally sensitive children can have a challenging time figuring out how to navigate family challenges - which can sometimes be perceived as a threat to our safety. Some children, like Linda, will try to be the peacemaker in the family. When this doesn’t work, the child can go to despair and hopelessness. * As adults, we may not see the connection between our childhood experiences and what we’re struggling with currently. Difficulty establishing intimate relationships or caring friendships, a lack of motivation in one’s career, and other similar life challenges are often reflections of unmetabolized childhood feelings. * Therefore, part of the deeper work in healing our eating challenges is recognizing that these challenges are often a coping mechanism for unresolved feelings that we simply don’t know how to deal with. * Progress with our eating challenges accelerates as we stop focusing so much on stopping the unwanted behavior, and begin to instead harness the courage to feel our feelings — including and especially the ones that have been with us a long time.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #healthyweightloss #healthylifestyle #selfsoothing #bingeeating #emotionaleating #comfortfood #forgiveyourself #embracelife #healthcoach

View Details

Why We Self-Sabotage with Food & How to Stop https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Food and body challenges aren’t confined to certain regions or countries, they’re truly found all over the world as today’s episode of the podcast demonstrates. Samantha is a 43-year old originally from Johannesburg, South Africa who is now living in London, and is struggling with a variety of eating challenges, including binge eating, emotional eating, and overeating. After quitting smoking 8 years ago, Samantha put on weight that she has since not been able to shed. She’s tried plant-based diets to good effect, but eventually returns to unwanted eating habits. Tired of struggling with her weight, low energy, poor sleep, and weak digestion, Samantha turns to eating psychology expert, Marc David, who helps her find a deeper understanding of what’s driving her food challenges. Key Insights: * Certain diets like Keto, Paleo, or plant-based diets can be therapeutic for the body — whether we stay on them over the long-term or use them as tools to recalibrate our health. Whatever our approach to eating may be, it’s important to recognize that these diets don’t address the psychological drivers behind our eating challenges. * Taking this a step further, we can’t fix eating challenges — which stem from our thoughts, feelings, and beliefs — using nutrition alone. To address unwanted eating habits such as binge eating or emotional eating, we need to understand and ultimately transform our psychology. * A common way we stay stuck in our eating challenges is by self-attacking ourselves that we have these challenges in the first place. This negative self talk can be truly endless. If you find yourself saying things like “why can’t I just get over this already?” or “I’m terrible at controlling myself around food,” it’s time to bring loving attention to these thoughts. * Look for where you can begin to make small shifts in your internal self talk. Where can you acknowledge your efforts and your progress, no matter how small? Recognizing the shifts you’re making helps solidify those positive changes over time. * No matter what your brain may try to convince you of, remember you're a unique and wonderful human. You’re not broken, there’s nothing to fix. Keep reminding yourself of this … eventually, you’ll feel the truth of that in your bones.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #selflovejourney #reparenting #healthymindset #healthylifestyletips #selfcompassion #healthyweightloss #nutritionadvice #nutritiontips #loveyourbodynow #keto #plantbasediet

View Details

Overcoming The Belief That We’re Not Worthy Of Health

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In this episode, Marc David speaks with 30-year old Jenna. As a pre-teen, Jenna dealt with anorexia - something she overcame with tremendous support from her parents and mentors. However, Jenna still struggles with body image issues and a tendency to skip meals, and she ultimately wants to let that go and find freedom with food. Through the course of their conversation, Marc and Jenna speak about her roots as a first-generation American, the unique cultural conditioning she’s received from her Chinese lineage, and how that has affected her relationship with food and body. Key Insights: * Eating challenges are often strongly correlated with our culture’s unique conditioning. Depending on we’re from, the expectations placed on us to look or eat a certain way can be quite severe. * Overcoming cultural conditioning first requires an awareness of it. We need to recognize: “there’s something driving me to behave in a certain way or believe in a certain idea, that didn’t originate from me. It came from outside me.” Once we’ve identified unwanted conditioning, we can then start to get to work on letting it go. * It’s possible to honor and respect our lineage, culture, and parents while still being our own person. Choosing to not meet outside expectations isn’t a rejection of others, it’s simply a decision to honor ourselves and what’s best for us. * Disembodiment is a strategy for not feeling things we don’t want to feel. It can be related to pressures from others to look or act a certain way, a response to trauma or painful life circumstances, or even just everyday disappointments and let downs. * We ultimately heal disembodiment by bringing conscious awareness of all the big and small ways we “check out” of the body. We take each day at a time, loving ourselves, our bodies, and our lives as fully as we can. We listen, we tune in, and we respond to the messages our bodies and hearts are sending us.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #embodiment #chooselife #healthyeatinghabits #healthcoach

View Details

What’s The Connection Between PTSD & Emotional Eating?

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well In today’s episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David speaks with Yeny, a 41-year old Venezuelan about her challenges with emotional eating. Yeny had a precipitating event — an accident while on vacation in Utah — that forever changed her life. After several months in a wheelchair, Yeny defied all odds and regained the ability to walk. To others, Yeny now appears in perfect health, but she’s struggling to let go of the memory of her accident and the dark days of her recovery. Marc makes a powerful connection for Yeny between PTSD and emotional eating, and gives her key tools to begin to unwind from all she’s been through. Key Insights: * Regardless of the cause, Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) can give rise to emotional eating and other unwanted eating challenges. It is the brain’s way of trying to cope with past traumas. * When under stress, our natural instinct is to self soothe. One of the easiest ways to do this is to turn to food. This is both normal and natural, and this is nothing to beat yourself up about. * Eating is an emotional experience. From birth, we are hard wired to experience joy, comfort, and nourishment through eating. * We often respond to stress by eating. And guess what? This isn’t always a bad thing. It’s time to get off the self-judgment train, while also discovering other ways to create a relaxation response in our bodies. As we do this, the impulse to reach for food in times of stress diminishes. * Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a powerful therapeutic technique for transforming PTSD. If you’re dealing with persistent PTSD, finding a therapist who specializes in EMDR is highly recommended.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#EmotionalEating #DisorderedEating #EmotionalEatingIn2021 #emotionaleatingsolutions #PTSDandweightgain #weightloss #bingeeating #selfcompassion #foodisadoorway #healthcoach

View Details

A 30-Year Old Former Gymnast Reclaims Her Power Around Food & Body https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In this episode of The Psychology of Eating, Marc David speaks to Chanel, a former gymnast whose self-criticism is driving her to binge and purge. After taking Marc’s Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, she now recognizes what’s driving her nearly two-decades-long eating challenge. Most importantly, Chanel realizes that binging and purging are unconscious strategies she’s used in an attempt to deal with emotions she hasn’t known how to cope with. As Marc helps her recognize, part of Chanel’s current journey is learning to embrace where she is right now without judgment that she should be further along. It’s a reminder we can all use, regardless of the challenges we’re facing. Key Insights: * Contrary to what many believe, binge eating is not a problem. It doesn’t need fixing. It’s simply a strategy to deal with another issue we don’t know how to address. * An important thing to understand about the binge-purge cycle: binge eating creates physiologic and psychological stress, which purging then relieves. * Repressing negative emotions like anger or sadness can lead us to engage in any number of unwanted eating challenges, including binging and purging. Find healthy ways to honor your emotions, such as listening to music that has special meaning for you, or regularly journaling your thoughts and feelings. * Learning to bring conscious awareness in the moment when we’re about to binge eat is absolutely key to transforming this unwanted behavior. What are we thinking about? What emotions are we feeling? What do we feel in the body? Tune into this. * Show yourself generosity for the progress you make and celebrate your success. Acknowledge that you’ll have setbacks, and bring the self-forgiveness forward that you so deeply deserve.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David, M.A., has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc is the author of the bestselling books, Nourishing Wisdom: A Mind Body Approach to Health & Well-Being, and The Slow Down Diet: Eating for Pleasure, Energy, and Weight Loss. He reaches millions of people each year who are struggling with unwanted eating challenges and body image concerns through his speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Learn more about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating: https://psychologyofeating.com/ Watch our special masterclass on the Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training to learn more about how you can positively transform your own relationship with food while helping others do the same. Tune in here: https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Follow us on social: * Facebook: www.facebook.com/IPEfanpage * Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eatingpsychology/ * Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/eatingpsych

#psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #healthyweightloss #bingepurge #bingepurgecycle #fightorflight #stressresponse #celebrateprogress #loveyourself

View Details

In Session With Marc David: A Naturalist Grandmother Learns to Become Her Own Health Advocate

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? A Naturalist Grandmother Learns to Become Her Own Health Advocate Listen to eating psychology expert Marc David as he speaks with Holly, a 52-year old grandmother seeking to lose weight so she can be more active with her family and enjoy being active outdoors. Holly has been diagnosed with hypothyroidism and is dealing with sleep issues, low mood, and a lack of energy. Marc helps Holly zero in on some key diagnostics to pursue … and also helps her see better understand the places she gets stuck making good decisions for her health. Tune in now! Key Insights: * Hypothyroidism can lead to a cascade of challenging symptoms, including weight gain, insomnia, low energy, and mood issues. * Another physiological cause (among many) for unwanted weight gain is undiagnosed diabetes. Undergoing diagnostic testing is important when looking at physiological causes of weight gain. * Naturopaths or functional medicine practitioners can be a great resource when looking at possible causes of weight issues. * Learning to become one’s own health advocate is of prime importance when dealing with any health issue — whether related to weight or other challenges. * Sometimes, our dearest loved ones don’t always know how to best support us in our health and weight challenges. It doesn’t mean they don’t care, however finding the support you need is vital … whether from a friend or a trained professional.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly at info@psychologyofeating.com And for more information about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, please visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com. #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #sustainableweightloss #sloweating #bepresent #relationshipwithself #healthadvocate #supportsystem #supportyourself #youmatter #takingcareofme #emotionaleating #mindfuleating #hypothyroidism #functionalmedicine #healthadvocate

View Details

Menopause & Weight Gain: An Unusual Solution

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In this episode of his Psychology of Eating Podcast, eating psychology expert Marc David speaks with 55-year-old Suzannah who is going through menopause and has found that the weight has crept up in recent years. Through the course of the conversation, Marc offers Suzannah unique insights to help her through this important personal, emotional and spiritual transition. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Are you experiencing unwanted food and body challenges? We invite you to post your questions and comments in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #psychologyofeating #lifetransition #queenhood #menopause #acceptingchange #welcomingchange #spiritualtransition #spirituality #personaltransition #emotionaltransition #powerfultransition #transition #relaxintoyourbody #inhabityourbody #selftalk

View Details

Healing Family Lineage: A 37-Year Old Man’s Journey with Anger, Weight, & Reparenting

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David speaks to 37-year-old Eric who opens up about weight loss challenges, his relationship with his father, being a stay-at-home dad, and much more. The episode offers unique insight into the emotional healing that has to come on the path to resolving food and weight challenges. Through the enlightening conversation, Eric learns to give himself the kindness, presence, and gentleness that he missed receiving from his father. Watch now! Key Insights: * Your relationship with your same-sex parent can have a huge bearing on your relationship with self, and consequently your relationship with food. Learning to reparent yourself is a vital first step towards resolving food and body issues. * Bring presence to eating and learning to inhabit your body are important keys to losing weight sustainably. * Learn to be comfortable in your body. Love it, accept it, and to give it a hug – literally and figuratively. It is OK to ask for and get the help and support you need, however you need it. * Inhabiting your body can come through doing physical activities you love … whether through resistance training, dancing, hiking, or any other kind of movement. * Anger is a powerful emotion that many of us don’t know how to work with constructively. Honor it, listen to it, learn from it. It’s often pointing us to a place inside ourselves that we need to care for and attend to.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly at info@psychologyofeating.com And for more information about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, please visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com. #psychologyofeating #beingpresent #inhabityourbody #kindness #gentleness #askforhelp #supportyourself #weightloss #maleembodiment #dontcheckout #checkin #healing #innerchild #reparenting

View Details

Taking Responsibility for Our Relationship with Food

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast with Marc David, we meet Agnes who struggles with avoiding sugar and gluten. Food psychology expert Marc David traces Agnes's challenges with food back to her 14-year-old self when bullying in school made her feel the need to lose weight. Agnes now has an uneasy relationship with food and tries to avoid bingeing. Marc identifies her need to be in control as a possible issue, and reveals how she can enjoy and have fun with healthy eating. Listen now! Key Insights Many of the challenges people have around food start early, such as during one's teens. Peer pressure or bullying in school can create an unhealthy body image and an adversarial relationship around food. This can be healed even later in life. Wanting to control what one eats and all other aspects of life is a natural instinct and that control feels good. However, there is a difference between control and taking responsibility, and it is taking responsibility that will help resolve challenges around eating. Food is a reflection of life. Wanting to be in control of everything one eats then spills over into the need to be in control of every other aspect of life as well. It can be tough to let go, but learning to do this can be freeing. Remember to savor the process of eating -- to eat the things that give pleasure, taste good and bring satiety to the body. Learn not to rush through the meal either out of habit or because that is what we are taught to do. Eating can be fun. Wanting that bar of chocolate could actually be the voice of wisdom from inside the body, but we deny ourselves the fun of eating because we fear losing control. Scheduling pre-planned fun treats of those ‘forbidden’ foods could be a solution. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #psychologyofeating #StepIntoYourPower #FunWithFood #TakeResponsibility #RelinquishControl #LoveFood #EnjoyEating #OvercomeBullying #SugarandGluten #NeedForControl #LifeLessons #FeelGoodInYourself #EmbraceTheFeminine #SlowingDown #BeingPresent

View Details

Discovering the Rhythm of Life: One Woman’s Journey

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/

   Have you lived most of your life and felt not quite happy in your body? Well, then this episode of *The Psychology of Eating* *Podcast* is for you. Eating psychology expert Marc David speaks to 52-year-old Tanya about her challenges around eating and body image. Marc helps Tanya move away from perfectionism, forgive herself, and learn to embrace her Queenhood.  Key Insights * Tanya, 52, has been concerned with her appearance since age 10 or 12, and still has a challenging relationship with food and her body. She has undergone therapy in the past and now speaks to Marc David of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating.

• Messages from the media trains people – especially women – to think that they are only acceptable if they are a certain age and size, and if they look a certain way. This causes women to question whether they are lovable in and of themselves.
• A younger woman's mind can get caught up in the perfectionism and the need to be a certain way, which can be elusive, unrealistic and undesirable. It is important to step out of this need for perfectionism and stop judging one’s eating, body, weight etc.
• Stepping into one’s Queenhood means becoming more involved with one's community and making a difference. At this time in her life, a woman comes into her own, and stops relying on others for her self-worth.
• A good Queen has compassion and forgives not only others around, but also herself. She is forgiving of her own imperfections, and if one day didn’t go as planned, or if she wasn’t on her best behavior, that’s OK.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #psychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossdiet #relationshipwithfood #peace #confident #therapy #depression #anxiety #digestiveissues #weightgain #weightloss #neuralpatterning #perfectionism #queenhood #princessarchetype

View Details

Unresolved Grief and Weight Gain - Is There a Connection?

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Primary teacher at the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc David speaks with 45-year old Tracy, originally from New Zealand and newly living in Australia. Tracy seeks to lose about 15 kilos, while finding equanimity in her relationship with food and body. Quarantined in her apartment during Covid, Tracy feels alone and isolated, and reflects on a series of losses that have defined her life including the loss of her father when she was just four years old. As Marc helps her recognize, Tracy has never really integrated the losses she’s endured … something that is true for so many of us. When emotions aren’t metabolized, whether grief, anger, or other emotions, they can show up in other ways — often as symptoms in the body. Listen in as Tracy discovers a new path not just for losing weight, but finding a beautiful and healing path through the grief that so deeply colors her life. Key Insights: Of the numerous psychological contributors to weight gain or weight loss resistance, grief is often one of the overlooked causal factors. Unacknowledged or unresolved grief can be a key factory underlying our eating challenges. Losing a parent early in life can mean so much more than just the loss of that parent. Children who have lost a parent early in life often find their other parent struggling to cope with their grief, resulting in the child having to do a lot of self-parenting. This is yet another form of loss — that of an innocent childhood, and can ultimately lead to unresolved grief as an adult. Sometimes the grieving we need to do in life is that of letting go of who we used to be. Whether it’s a role we used to inhabit, a certain time of life, or having a certain athleticism or healthy body, it can be hard to move on from aspects of ourselves that we took a lot of pleasure or pride in. Speaking to a therapist or a counselor, particularly a grief counselor, can be a vital first step towards resolving one's past and moving on. Journaling is another effective way to acknowledge and give expression to grief. Figuratively writing a letter to a deceased parent is another. Writing, in whatever form, can be a powerful way to express, transform, and release emotions that are calling out for our attention. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Are you experiencing unwanted food and body challenges? We invite you to post your questions and comments in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #PsychologyOfEating #HonorYourGrief #AcknowledgeGrief #GriefandWeight #GriefCounseling #EmbraceQueenhood #ClaimYourThrone #MindfulEating #PrincessStage #QueenInTraining #ParentingYourself #GriefIsLegitimate #SupportForGrief #FeedingTheGrief #TakeTheTime

View Details

A 34-Year-Old Learns To Find Firm Ground in Life – And Her Body

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In this episode of the Psychology of Eating Podcast, eating psychology expert Marc David speaks to 34-year-old Tricia about her difficulty shedding stubborn pounds. Tricia opens up to Marc about her history of sexual abuse, and Marc unearths the connection between her trauma and her challenge with weight loss. Listen in to this powerful and inspiring episode as Tricia learns how to trust herself and her body again, and works towards a personal breakthrough. Key Insights: Suffering sexual assault can make a person feel insecure and fearful, and may have a significant bearing on a person’s ability or inability to lose weight. Finding firm ground in life has the happy consequence of finding firm ground within the body. There are many ways to practice feeling safe. Gather evidence of being and feeling safe and catalog these in some way so that it is possible to let go of the fear and the insecurity. Sometimes challenges around weight have less to do with the physical weight and more to do with conflicting emotions. Coming to terms with those emotions can be the important first step for a person looking to lose weight. The body will lose weight when it is ready. Take care of yourself and heal so that the body feels confident in relinquishing the weight that it has been holding on to for so long. We are conditioned to believe that weight loss is just about creating a caloric deficit -- about eating less and exercising more. However, there’s more to the story of weight and its loss than a simple “calories in, calories out” approach, including our eating psychology and our unique physiology, which is always in an intimate dance with things like stress, connection with others, spirituality, and so much more. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #psychologyofeating #BeautifulAffimation #ImWilling #PersonalBreakthough #PracticeFeelingSafe #WeightLoss #BroadenYourPerspective #BuildTrust #LearningToTrust #SettingBoundaries #HonorYourself #LifeIsShort #LoveLifeLoveFood #CelebrateYourBody #NourishYourself

View Details

When Love is Conditional: A 29-Year Old’s Journey with Weight, Her Father, and Life

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, eating psychology expert Marc David speaks to 29-year-old Hanin about her fear of gaining weight. In her home country of Lebanon, Hanin has dealt with frequent judgment and criticism around her weight and body since she was a young teenager. As in other countries, this kind of conditioned criticism around weight is at the root of so much suffering around body image. For Hanin, resolving her fear around weight gain means getting to the core of her guilt and shame — which is deeply interconnected to the collective shame so many of us have around our bodies. Tune in as Marc explores Hanin’s journey, and helps her find key insights to not only overcome the fear of weight gain … but to begin to more fully accept herself. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Are you experiencing unwanted food and body challenges? We invite you to post your questions and comments in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #psychologyofeating #HealthyBoundaries #BoundariesforSelfCare #TrainYourBrain #OvercomingFear #WeightPrejudice #YourBigWish #QuietTheMind #BreathingFocus #WeightHate #StressIsFear #HowToThrive #CreatingBoundaries #SelfCare #YouMatter

View Details

In Session With Marc David: When Rebelliousness Leads To Binge Eating

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In this week’s episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast with Marc David, we meet 25-year old Caitlin, a former safari camp manager hailing from Harare, Zimbabwe. Caitlin has been binge eating since she was 13, often on bread and sweets. She reports that she can go for months at a time without binge eating, and then suddenly find herself back in her old pattern. Confused about what’s going on for her, Caitlin turns to Marc for insight into why she binge eats and how she can put an end to this undesired eating habit. Tune in as Marc helps her not only find clarity but provides a powerful reframe on how she can use her eating challenge as an opportunity to grow and transform. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Are you experiencing unwanted food and body challenges? We invite you to post your questions and comments in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #PsychologyOfEating #NourishingWisdom #SlowDownDiet #MindBodyNutrition #MakingPeace #MindfulEating #OvercomeEmotionalEating #FoodChoices #WeightLoss #Nutrition #Nutritionist #RebelliousYou #NeedToGrieve #MakePeace #HealBodyImage #DealingWithDiscomfort #LoveAndKindness #ConnectionAndIntimacy #BeInYourBody #BeThereForYou #CopingMechanisms #TheAdolescentInside #BeKindToYourBody #HealFromWithin

View Details

A Young Woman Deals with Gluten Sensitivity

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Briana is a busy graduate student who lives with gluten sensitivity. While Briana doesn’t have celiac disease, she has all the markers of gluten sensitivity: bloating and stomach pain, fatigue, and mood fluctuations. She’s taken breaks from gluten before with amazing benefits but is struggling to let go of her love of gluten-based foods. Listen in as Marc David, Founder and Primary Teacher at the Institute for the Psychology of Eating works with Briana on practical strategies for managing her gluten sensitivity, while also helping her understand the important connections between stress and food sensitivities. Key Insights: Gluten-based foods are everywhere and they can be hard to give up. The first step in dealing with gluten sensitivities is recognizing you have them. This means tuning into your body as you’re eating a given food and noticing how you feel afterward. If you suspect you have a sensitivity to gluten, getting tested with your doctor or functional medicine practitioner is an important next step. Symptoms of gluten sensitivity can include bloating, stomach pain, skin issues like breakouts, mood changes, lethargy, forgetfulness, and difficulty focusing. When we binge on food that makes us feel bad, a common response is to beat ourselves up. It’s important to acknowledge that giving up foods we enjoy is tough, and giving ourselves a hard time is counterproductive to changing our eating habits. Finding support from others is also important as we retool our diet. Sometimes the people we love the most have a hard time supporting us as we make changes. While that doesn’t feel great, that doesn’t mean that others can’t be there for us. Look for those people and find the support you need and deserve. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Are you experiencing unwanted food and body challenges? We invite you to post your questions and comments in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #PsychologyOfEating #NourishingWisdom #SlowDownDiet #MindBodyNutrition #MakingPeace #OvercomingObsession #MindfulEating #OvercomeEmotionalEating #FoodChoices #GoodFood #GoodFoodGuide #WeightLoss #WeightLossDiet #Nutrition #Nutritionist #GlutenSensitivity #OvercomingFoodIntolerance #MakingPeace #UniqueYou #BeingYou #TheRebelInYou #PersonalSpiritualChallenge #FoodSchedule #TakeCareOfYou #NourishingWisdom #FoodPsychology #NutritionalScience

View Details

Coming Into Our Queenly Power Around Body Image

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc speaks with Gabriela, a Mexico City resident and health-based entrepreneur who has recently completed The Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training from the Institute for the Psychology of Eating. Gabriela has been dealing with body image issues for many years and recognizes that these issues are affecting her ability to effectively coach her clients. Tune in as Marc helps Gabriela identify how she can find peace around her body image so that she can do the same for her own clients. Key Insights: Many of us get fixated on being a certain size or shape, while largely ignoring self-care or engaging in practices that improve our health, energy, and vitality. If this is you, just know you deserve more than trying to get yourself to fit into a certain size. You’re worthy of your love, of which self-care is a direct reflection. Ironically, those of us who are fitness or health professionals can be particularly prone to obsession around dieting, food restriction, excessive exercise, and the like. So there’s an opportunity to ask ourselves: are we engaging in these activities out of self-love? If not, we must cultivate the wisdom to refine our approach and learn to give our bodies what they need and want. We’ve all heard it before, but in order to help others, we truly do have to learn how to walk our talk. But please understand: this doesn’t mean being perfect. It means opening up our hearts and moving from a place of self and other compassion. It means understanding we’re all humans, here to learn and grow on this journey of life. Exercising and eating right for our unique bodies should create a kind of natural joy and happiness. If they’re not, it’s time to evaluate our approach. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Are you experiencing unwanted food and body challenges? We invite you to post your questions and comments in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #PsychologyOfEating #NourishingWisdom #SlowDownDiet #MindBodyNutrition #MakingPeace #OvercomingObsession #MindfulEating #OvercomeEmotionalEating #FoodChoices #GoodFood #GoodFoodGuide #WeightLoss #WeightLossDiet #Nutrition #Nutritionist #FindingJoy #BanishingHate #BeAQueen #InhabitYourBody #TakeCareOfYou #YouBeYou #RelationshipWithSelf #YourQueendom #QueenlyPower #EmbraceYourPower #RememberHowYouFeel

View Details

Our Relationship with Food is Like A Dance

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Maria is a 31-year old director of a dance and cardio training program who has a lifelong love of nutrition and finds herself generally happy with her relationship to food and body. But she finds herself often busy at work on her computer, and often missing her body’s cues for when and what to eat. In today’s episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, eating psychology expert Marc David helps Maria develop a more present and nuanced relationship with her appetite. Tune in now! Key Insights: Digestive problems, disordered eating, and body image issues have as much to do with why and how we eat, as they do with what we’re eating. To become an intuitive and mindful eater, identifying and trusting the body’s hunger cues is key. Part of trusting our body’s cues is learning to trust ourselves as humans. Give yourself permission to experiment. Listen to what your body is telling you as you make different choices, and then refine those choices as you develop more body awareness. Our relationship with food is much like dance. When we see eating from a place of self-connection, creative self-expression, and deep presence, we can find ourselves in a natural state of flow, joy, and true health. Reframing our relationship with food in this way allows us to move away from old thought patterns of “good food” versus “bad food,” or “good choices” versus “bad choices.” This creates so much more internal space for ourselves, and we begin to experience food in an entirely different way. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Are you experiencing unwanted food and body challenges? We invite you to post your questions and comments in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #PsychologyOfEating #NourishingWisdom #SlowDownDiet #MindBodyNutrition #MakingPeace #OvercomingObsession #MindfulEating #OvercomeEmotionalEating #FoodChoices #GoodFood #GoodFoodGuide #WeightLoss #WeightLossDiet #Nutrition #InhabitYourBody #EatLikeYouDance #EatingIsLikeDancing #FoodFeelsGood #IntuitiveEating #ExperimentWithFood #EnergeticsOfEating #BodyGuidanceSystem #TrustYourself #EatJoyfully #CreativeEating #JourneyOfTrust

View Details

A Woman Turns The Tide On Negative Self-Talk

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In this week’s episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc works with Nikol, a 40-year old law professor from Croatia. Nikol acknowledges she’s a sensitive person who often turns to food, especially sugar, to manage her emotions. While Nikol is looking to lose weight, more than anything she wants to find freedom around food … to be able to enjoy it, but not need it to calm or numb her feelings. Tune in as Marc David, founder of The Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training, helps her redefine what freedom around food truly means. Key Insights: Childhood challenges and traumas go right to the core. As children, we have very simple means of regulating emotions – food being a key way to soothe and comfort. The residue of these challenges continues through adulthood until we consciously face and work through them. As adults, we can find ourselves confused why we have unwanted eating habits such as binging – and often completely overlook the deeper psychological reasons these habits were formed in the first place. Therefore, changing any unwanted eating habit must involve more than simply trying to eat less sugar or adhering to strict food rules. If you want sustainable change, learn about yourself, your past, and your psychology. Discover and tend to the places inside where you’re hurting. Paying attention to our inner dialogue – meaning how we speak to ourselves and about ourselves – is a good place to start changing from the inside out. Speak kindly, compassionately, and lovingly … you deserve it. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Are you experiencing unwanted food and body challenges? We invite you to post your questions and comments in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #PsychologyOfEating #FoodPsychology #LoveYourself #SelfHealing #GoodFood #LoveYourBody #BodyImage #SelfAcceptance #WeightLoss #MakeYourPeace #BodyImage #SelfLove #BeHealthyFeelBetter #WeightLossPrison #SustainableWeightLoss #WeightLossSecret

View Details

Why Emotional Metabolism is Key to a Vibrant, Healthy Life

Eating psychology expert and founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc David explains the concept of emotional metabolism. While physiological metabolism governs the literal breakdown of what we eat and drink, emotional metabolism is all about processing emotions that come up in the course of everyday life. As Marc explains, metabolizing our emotions is vital not just to our psychological health — but to our physical health as well. Don’t miss this insightful podcast! Key Insights: The body’s metabolism takes the air we breathe and the food and water we consume, and turns it into fuel while removing toxins. This is nutritional metabolism. Emotional metabolism involves the deliberate, consistent practice of allowing our emotions to surface. We then have the opportunity to become more conscious and present human beings. When we don’t allow ourselves to feel and process our emotions, there can be a literal effect on the body’s physiology and organ systems. Unwanted eating challenges such as overeating, binge eating, and emotional eating are often signs of unprocessed emotions or trauma. Societal conditioning tells us to “suck it up” or “get with the program” — meaning, we’re often encouraged to suppress and deny our feelings. Rejecting this conditioning and embracing our feelings — including the challenging ones — is fundamental to enjoying a healthy and fulfilling life. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #psychologyofeating #nutritionexpert #emotionalmetabolism #metabolism #bodywisdom #honoryourfeelings #honoryouremotions #feelallthefeelings #stressmanagement #managingemotions #boostmetabolism #selfexpression

View Details

In Session With Marc David: A 48 Year Old Woman Ends The Battle With Her Body https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Melanie is a 48-year-old yoga instructor who had no weight issues before her pregnancies. She then gained 65 pounds, which she has been unable to lose. Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, explains to Melanie why dieting is not working for her, and describes what will help and why. Listen now! Key Insights: Even those who have no problem with weight can develop weight issues later in life and may find it difficult to lose the weight. Our bodies are constantly changing, and there can be a multitude of reasons weight loss isn’t happening. The thyroid can be implicated in weight gain, so getting worked up by a medical practitioner is a key step in ruling out possible causes. Trying to lose weight can be a stressor. Dieting often makes the body hungry, stressed. Therefore, getting off the diet cycle and aligning with the long-term goal of sustainable, gentle weight loss is key. Eating too fast robs us of enjoying our food, as well as the sensation of satiation after a meal. Ironically, part of effective weight loss means owning the pleasure we receive from food. Why not allow yourself to slow down a little and truly savor every bite? Pleasure from a meal regulates the appetite. So, it is important to create a positive atmosphere for eating and to give time for cephalic phase digestive response of the body. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly at info@psychologyofeating.com And for more information about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, please visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com. #PsychologyOfEating #NourishingWisdom #MindBodyNutrition #MakingPeace #MindfulEating #OvercomeEmotionalEating #FoodChoices #GoodFood #GoodFoodGuide #WeightLoss #WeightLossDiet #Nutrition #BeBodyPositive #TrustYourself #RespectYourself #WeightLossJourney #OvercomingStressEating #WeightLossBreakthrough #RetrainYourMind #SlowEating #FoodIsNotTheEnemy #LoveFoodAgain

View Details

The Most Important Exercise Secret Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc David shares a vital secret about exercise. For those who dislike exercise, find it burdensome and do it only for reasons of weight loss, he provides a vital reframe. Check out this podcast where Marc explores this important topic. Key Insights: There are some people who love exercising, to whom being active comes naturally. But for many of us, exercising is a chore and a burden. If that’s you, it’s time to reimagine your approach to exercise. Exercising against your will results in the release of stress hormones. The stress perception makes the body store fat, and in the end, the body can end up losing little or no weight. Forced exercise that comes from hating the body is rarely sustainable and feels terrible. Finding a relationship with inspired movement is a much better path to being in healthy relationship with ourselves and our bodies. Instead of exercise that you hate doing, find other enjoyable ways to be active. Concentrate on being alive and happy instead of trying to exercise for weight loss, and you will find it easier to meet your fitness & health goals. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #psychologyofeating #foodpsychology #nutritionexpert #weightloss #weightlossjourney #exerciseroutine #exercisetips #exercisesecret #exercisegoals #weightlossgoals #lovemovement #feelalive #feelfree #dowhatyoulove #celebrateyourbody

View Details

When Life Challenges Lead to Weight Gain https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Sabine was a healthy weight for much of her life, before the end of a marriage resulted in acute stress and sudden, sharp weight gain. Eating psychology expert Marc David offers insight into Sabine’s weight gain and explains how she can lose the weight -- without trying so hard to do so. Listen now! Key Insights: The desire to lose weight can be more than just about looks. It can be about freedom and self-respect. A lot of people learn to respond to stress by turning to food or drink early in life. It takes time and patience to decouple stress and the eating/drinking response. There could be some benefits of carrying some extra weight. One can feel more grounded, solid, and stronger. Sometimes, life is asking you to go beyond a single-pointed focus on losing weight. It’s asking us to step into our bodies and our lives, fully - as we are, right now. Your relationship with your body mirrors your relationship with life. How are you showing up for yourself? With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Are you struggling with unwanted food and body challenges? We invite you to post your questions and comments in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #PsychologyOfEating #NourishingWisdom #MindBodyNutrition #MakingPeace #MindfulEating #OvercomeEmotionalEating #FoodChoices #GoodFood #GoodFoodGuide #WeightLoss #WeightLossDiet #Nutrition #BeBodyPositive #TrustYourself #RespectYourself #WeightLossJourney #OvercomingStressEating #FocusOnCare #LoveYourself #UnconditionalLove

View Details

The Evolutionary Reason the Human Body Craves Carbs

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/

Marc David, visionary, teacher, and consultant in the novel field of Eating Psychology, explains why the human body has evolved to crave carbs, and how this has helped us survive and adapt over the ages. Now, however, our modern lifestyles have created a bio-rhythmic confusion where our environment has changed but the urge to consume carbs has not. Check out this podcast to know how carbohydrates fool the body and what you can do about it.

Key Insights: There is an evolutionary reason for the human body craving sugar and looking to instinctively load up on carbs whenever available. The body evolved to eat during summer and during times of plenty to ride out hard winter times. This instinctive human urge has not changed though the availability of carbs has. Carbs fool the body and make us consume more than the body can metabolize. Hibernating animals such as bears demonstrate this behavior of fattening up during the plentiful summer months to tide over the lean winter months. Here, the high blood pressure and diabetic state actually help in survival. In our modern lifestyles, we consume carbs all around the year, signaling the pre-hibernation stage to the body. This, along with artificial light and less sleep, causes the body to store fat and prevents the body from reaching its metabolic potential. Changing the quantity and quality of carbs consumed, and making changes in sleep patterns helps the body relinquish its fat stores. Learning what works best for your body will help you make the most informed choices. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #psychologyofeating #nutrition #weightloss #bodywisdom #mindfuleating #mindfulness #nutritionadvice #healthcoach #appetitecontrol #appetite #empoweryourself #appetiteregulation #intuitiveeating

View Details

In Session With Marc David: It’s Not About Cutting Out Sugar … It’s About Adding In Life https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Tracy is a fitness instructor who has been hooked on sugar since she was a toddler. She recently turned 50 and still struggles with sugar. Listen in as Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, explores the reasons behind Tracy’s sugar cravings and why it doesn’t have to be all or nothing for her. Listen now! Key Insights: Emotional attachments to sugary foods can start as early as infancy. For some of us, sugar cravings can dominate our lives and make us feel out of control with our eating habits. It’s important to recognize that there are fundamental reasons rooted in our biology, psychology, or both, for sugar cravings. Food is in our genetic memory. It is the first feel-good experience for most human beings. Turning to sugar as a source of comfort or emotional regulation during stressful times is not a sign that we’re weak or undisciplined - it simply means we’re humans trying to find methods for emotional regulation. Looking to other ways to manage our stress is key to lessening our reliance on sugar. Finding balance with food cravings such as sugar is not so much about cutting out the “bad” or unwanted food out. It’s about adding in life — whatever that means for us personally. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Are you struggling with unwanted food and body challenges? We invite you to post your questions and comments in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #PsychologyOfEating #EatingPsychology #FoodPsychology #NourishingWisdom #MindBodyNutrition #MakingPeace #MindfulEating #OvercomeEmotionalEating #FoodChoices #GoodFood #GoodFoodGuide #WeightLoss #WeightLossDiet #Nutrition #BodyPositive #TrustYourself #IntuitiveEating #AddLife #PsychologyOfSugar #GeneticMemory #OvercomingCravings #DontGiveUp #BeThereForYou

View Details

Why Suppressing Hunger Never Works For Weight Loss https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Are You Trying to Control Your Appetite? In this short video, author of the groundbreaking and bestselling books ‘Nourishing Wisdom’ and ‘The Slow Down Diet’, Marc David takes a look at appetite, and why trying to control it might not be such a great idea. If you’re trying to lose weight, you won’t want to miss this episode! Key Insights: People looking to lose weight will often try to suppress their appetite. However, this never works as a long-term weight loss strategy, as we’re constantly at war with our natural physiology. Appetite is not the enemy. We are designed to enjoy and find pleasure in food, it’s hard-wired into our biology. If you are waging a war on your appetite, it’s time to call a ceasefire. Learning to honor and listen to our appetite is essential to developing a healthy relationship with food. Using food as a de-stressor is not only natural, but perfectly OK. The key is making a conscious choice that you’re using food to relax, and to simply allow yourself to feel encumbered pleasure while eating. If you’re trying to lose weight, it becomes even more important to make eating consciously - and to begin identifying other ways to let go of stress. One of the most effective strategies to tuning into your natural appetite is to practice slow eating. Over time, slow eating transforms appetite dysregulation and helps us know when we’re truly hungry. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly at info@psychologyofeating.com And for more information about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, please visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com. #psychologyofeating #nutrition #weightloss #bodywisdom #mindfuleating #mindfulness #nutritionadvice #healthcoach #appetitecontrol #appetite #empoweryourself #appetiteregulation #intuitiveeating

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In Session With Marc David: Life Transitions & Letting Go When it comes to eating challenges, it’s easy to overthink the simple act of nourishing ourselves with food. In this week’s episode, eating psychology expert Marc David works with Juliet, a fitness instructor and graduate of The Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Juliet reports making amazing progress in her struggles with food and body but still finds herself overanalyzing food choices. Tune in as they explore ways for Juliet to find more peace and freedom around food, and embrace a new milestone in her life. Key Insights: There is so much information out there about what (and what not) to eat, that it can be difficult to know what’s best for one’s own body. A great first step in learning to eat more intuitively is letting go of the idea that there is a “right” way to eat. The truth is that every BODY is different and has unique nutritional needs. Another important early step in adopting a more intuitive eating style is bringing increased awareness to how different foods make your body feel. Do you have energy after eating a certain food? Do you feel light and happy? Or are you sluggish or bloated or moody? These are the kinds of signals your body gives you to communicate what it likes - and what it doesn’t. As you positively transform your relationship with food, there can be a sort of identity confusion where how you defined yourself previously (as a binge eater or an emotional eater, for example) no longer stands - but you’re not quite sure who the next version of you is yet. In this way, food and body transformations are part of the overall growth and evolution we experience over a lifetime. We’re often saying goodbye to some aspect of ourselves while welcoming in a new, lesser-known part of our emerging self. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly at info@psychologyofeating.com And for more information about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, please visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com. #PsychologyOfEating #EatingPsychology #NourishingWisdom #SlowDownDiet #MindBodyNutrition #MakingPeace #MindfulEating #EmotionalEating #FoodChoices #GoodFood #GoodFoodGuide #WeightLoss #WeightLossDiet #Nutrition #BodyPositive #TrustYourself #IntuitiveEating #FreedomIsAPractice #OvercomingAttachment #TransitionsAreDifficult #TransitionWithLove #IntegrativeNutrition #MakingSpace #SlowingDown #LettingGoOfTheRules

View Details

The Psychology of Cleansing and Detoxing https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? The process of fasting or undergoing a detox or cleanse has many benefits for the body. But did you know that one’s mindset going into a cleanse is as important as the cleanse itself? Join Marc David, an innovator in Eating Psychology and Mind Body Nutrition, to learn more about the positive benefits of cleansing, and how to cultivate the mindset necessary for a great experience. If you would like to get the best out of your cleanse or detox, be sure to listen in as Marc explains the psychology behind cleansing. Key Insights: When undergoing a detox or cleanse, your mindset will undoubtedly impact the outcome. Understanding the psychological components of cleansing is key to achieving great results. Ancient cultures have long understood the importance of fasting and cleansing the body of toxins. These were practices that were seen to optimize the body and all its functions -- an intelligent nutritional defense for the body. Today human beings are bombarded with all sorts of pollutants from the air, water and earth around us. The body has to combat tens of thousands of artificial chemicals every year. This is why a cleanse or detox can be so important. The process of fasting or undergoing a detox has value beyond just the physical. It can help to eliminate poisons stored in the body and bring about emotional detox as well. The healing, repair and maintenance of body tissue happens when there is a physiologic relaxation response from the body. So it is important to let go and slow down, and to check in with the body before going in for a cleanse or detox. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly at info@psychologyofeating.com And for more information about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, please visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com. #psychologyofeating #detoxyourself #fastingforhealth #emotionaldetox #nutrition #intelligentnutrition #optimizethebody #successfulcleanse #bodycleanse #personalvisionquest #metabolism #metabolicenergy #stressresponse #newbeginnings #powerfulcleanse #fastingbenefits

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, speaks to Kathy, a 38-year old woman diagnosed with Hashimoto’s disease, Celiac disease, Chronic Fatigue Syndrome and chemical sensitivities. She comes to Marc looking for help in making peace with food restrictions she’s had to put into place to ease her autoimmune reactions. Listen in as Marc helps reframe some of the ways she’s been perceiving her challenges, and gives her some surprising advice about the usefulness of strict food rules in healing her body. Key Insights: Autoimmune conditions and chemical sensitivities can have numerous causes; among them can be a triggering event of some kind — whether a physical, environmental, or emotional trauma. When traumatic events happen early in life, our young brains are not always able to process them - and this can lead to physiological dysfunction later in life. Taking on the role of family mediator or “helper” as a young child can create a psychological pattern where one learns to prioritize others’ needs over their own. As a result, a hyper-alert, anxious, and stressed state develops that affects our physiology, including our immune system. Creating a nourishing relationship with food, reducing stress as much as possible, getting into nature regularly, and using tools such as meditation and breathing techniques can help to reduce autoimmune symptoms A highly useful program for people with autoimmune issues and chemical sensitivities is DNRS or the Dynamic Neural Retraining System. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly at info@psychologyofeating.com And for more information about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, please visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com. #PsychologyOfEating #NourishingWisdom #SlowDownDiet #MindBodyNutrition #MakingPeace #MindfulEating #EmotionalEating #FoodChoices #WeightLoss #WeightLossDiet #Nutrition #BodyPositive #TrustYourself #IntuitiveEating #AutoimmuneWarrior #AutoimmuneDisease #Celiac #Hashimotos #ThyroidDysfunction #CopingSkills #Healing #ShowUpForYourself #PrioritizeYourself #SelfLove #SelfCare #PsychologyOfFood #SelfAffirmation

View Details

Did You Know You're on a Metabolic Journey? Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, shares some fascinating insights into the body’s metabolism in this video. He explains why people’s plans to lose weight and boost energy tend to fail simply because they don’t have the entire picture of their metabolism. Tune in to understand how one's metabolic journey starts at conception, and how that journey has high and low points that we can learn from and grow with. Key Insights Weight loss and fat burning plans often don’t succeed because people do not have the full picture of their metabolism. The body’s metabolism has to be seen in a holistic way to achieve these goals. The body’s metabolism is a lifelong story that begins at conception and continues till a person draws their last breath. The high and low points of that journey can tell us a lot, if we learn to listen. We can learn a lot from the high points of the body’s metabolic journey, such as good health and vitality. We also learn from the low points such as disease, illness, weakness, pain and weight challenges, and can grow from these. Fighting hunger, judging your body and other such self-abuse prevents the body from reaching its health, weight and fitness goals. A positive strategy needs to be employed to reach those goals. Loving and nurturing the body is the way to travel along with the body on its metabolic journey. This is the way to transform our food and body challenges, for good. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly at info@psychologyofeating.com And for more information about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, please visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com. #psychologyofeating #metabolicjourney #metabolism #loveyourbody #nurtureyourself #fitnessgoal #increasingenergy #weightlosschallenge #ownyourjourney #lifejourney #highroad #highroadtolife #boostmetabolism #burnmorefat

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? A 25-Year Old Works with Weight & Womanhood In this episode, Marc David, teacher and eating psychology pioneer, works with Tess, a 25-year-old woman from New Zealand. Tess often finds herself compulsively eating, and seeks to transform this pattern, lose weight, and feel more confident. Additionally, Tess wants to be a mother and believes losing weight is key to a healthy pregnancy. Tune in to listen as Marc helps Tess begin a new chapter in her relationship with food and body. Key Insights: Many eating challenges, such as compulsive eating, are rooted in negative psychology. Transforming compulsive eating is multidimensional and unique to each person — there truly isn’t a “one-size-fits-all” approach. Compulsive eating, like other eating challenges, can create euphoria in the body. Recognizing this, we can begin to look for other ways to relieve stress. Learning to love oneself into a better relationship with food means, in part, loving ourselves through our perceived eating “mistakes.” Many of us benefit from the mantra, “I’m not a disappointment. I’m a success.” Train yourself to believe it. With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly at info@psychologyofeating.com And for more information about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, please visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com. #PsychologyOfEating #NourishingWisdom #SlowDownDiet #MindBodyNutrition #MakingPeace #MindfulEating #EmotionalEating #FoodChoices #WeightLoss #WeightLossDiet #Nutrition #BodyPositive #TrustYourself #IntuitiveEating #ParentYourself #SelfParenting #ConfidentInMySkin #RelationshipWithFood

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Why Do I Sabotage Myself with Food? Do you feel like you sabotage yourself with food? Join Marc David, Founder of The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, on the topic of self-sabotage and why we sometimes use food to thwart ourselves. So often, the reasons why we go against our own best interests are not so obvious. Learn more in today’s episode! Key Highlights: Here’s the true definition of the word sabotage: Sabotage means to deliberately destroy, damage, or obstruct. Please note the word “deliberate.” Some of the most compelling psychological models have this to say: we're not just one person, we're a crowd...watch the episode to learn more! We all have a child within us who wants what it wants when it wants it. We also have an inner teenager or a rebel who could care less about what anybody else thinks… When we go against ourselves, what most people call self-sabotage is more likely the voice of our inner child, or our inner teenager, or the inner rebel inside us that takes over. Your job is to never fight, belittle, or attack yourself. Your job is to listen, to learn, to embrace, to forgive, and to act with skill and kindness. Have questions? We’re here to help! Leave your questions in the comments below, or contact us directly at: info@psychologyofeating.com #instituteforthepsychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #relationshipwithfood #selfsabotage #selfimprovement #nutrition #nutritiontips #healthyhabits #mindfuleating #mindfulness #healthyfood #eatinghabits #bingeeating #bingeeatingrecovery Why Do I Sabotage Myself With Food? Why Do I Sabotage Myself With Food in 2021? How to Stop Sabotaging My Diet Why Do I Self Sabotage My Diet? why do I sabotage myself why do I sabotage myself in 2021 why do I self sabotage myself Sabotage how to permanently stop self-sabotage how to stop self-sabotage Self-sabotage emotional eating how to stop self-sabotaging mental health personal growth self-sabotaging self-sabotaging behavior

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In today’s episode, 57-year old Deborah wishes to improve her health while losing 70+ pounds, and she comes to Marc David looking for help. A teacher who dreams of becoming a chef, Deborah is frustrated by her efforts to lose the weight and keep it off. Through the course of their work, Marc helps Deborah recognize the key role that stress plays in her emotional eating habits, and the need to find other ways to regulate her nervous system outside of food. Listen now! Key Insights: Stress can drive many of us to engage in disordered eating, whether emotional eating, overeating, binge eating, or other related patterns. “Stress eating” is a natural phenomenon rooted in both our psychology and biology. Bringing compassion and self-understanding to ourselves is the first step in changing this unwanted pattern. There are biological reasons why we feel good after eating. Turning to food in times of stress isn’t inherently “wrong” or “bad.” The first step to transforming emotional eating is through awareness. Because only once you become aware of something, can you change it. Forgiving oneself for one’s perceived failures and shortcomings is another key towards choosing life and initiating effective weight loss. Marc David’s twin areas of expertise in nutrition and psychology has helped numerous people overcome challenges with food and emotional eating. Watch this episode of the Psychology of Eating podcasts to hear Deborah’s story! Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #PsychologyOfEating #FoodPsychology #EatingPsychology #LoveYourself #SelfHealing #LoveYourBody #BodyImage #SelfAcceptance #WeightLossDiet #WeightLoss #PerfectlyImperfect #EmotionalEating #ChooseLife #BreakTheCycle #ForgiveYourself #CopeWithTrauma #EmbraceLife How to lose 5 stone How to lose 50 pounds Coping with stress Why do I eat when I am stressed What is emotional eating Stress and weight gain Does trauma cause weight gain How to lose weight Weight loss tips How to overcome food cravings Handling emotions How to regulate my emotions How to be happy How to stop stress eating

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? A Mother Works with Her Long Term Eating Disorder In this episode of The Psychology of Eating podcast, Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, talks to Rachelle, who has been dealing with bulimia for nearly 30 years. Rachelle began binging and purging as an adolescent going through some difficult life changes. Despite her considerable efforts to overcome her disordered eating, she’s still struggling with it all these years later. This is compounded by the fact that she’s hidden her disorder from her 4 children, and has shared only minimal details with her husband. Now, she seeks Marc’s counsel to help her find a path towards greater self-love and a more peaceful relationship with food. Key Insights: * Challenges with food often start in one's adolescence and can continue even decades later. However, the duration of an eating disorder shouldn’t be equated with one’s ability to overcome it. Growth and healing are possible at every age. * An eating disorder can manifest as a coping mechanism to deal with a traumatic event or stressful situation. Working with the trauma event(s) is a key first place to begin on the path to healing. * When an eating disorder developed as a childhood coping mechanism to stress or trauma, later in life we can find this part of ourselves is still stuck in childhood. * A woman's relationship with her mother – or her daughter – can often determine her relationship with food. Therefore, doing inner work - whether with a psychotherapist or other skilled practitioner - can be very helpful in understanding the familial dynamics of one’s eating patterns. * Stepping out of shame and guilt, and cultivating honesty with oneself (and ultimately with others) is vital as we walk a more intentional path around food and body.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly at info@psychologyofeating.com And for more information about The Institute for the Psychology of Eating, please visit us at www.psychologyofeating.com. #PsychologyOfEating #FoodPsychology #EatingPsychology #LoveYourself #SelfHealing #Nutrition #LoveYourBody #BodyImage #BodyWisdom #SelfAcceptance #PerfectlyImperfect #EmotionalEating #CopingSkills #Bulimia #EDRecovery #EDRecoverJourney #SelfLoveJourney #Embodiment #EmbodimentCoach #EmbraceQueenhood

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? What’s the Perfect Nutritional Approach? Does the perfect diet even exist? And if so, how do I find it? The answers may surprise you. Don’t miss out on this insightful look into why there are so many different approaches to healthy eating, and how to determine what is right for you! Listen now! Highlights: * People want to find the perfect nutritional approach and because there are so many people looking for the one true way to eat, there are lots of experts out there promoting their version of an ideal diet. * For every scientific study that says meat is bad, there's a study showing you why it's good. Same for wine. Same for salt. Same for a vegetarian diet, a vegan diet, a paleo diet, a keto diet, a raw food diet... The list goes on and no wonder people are confused. * There are as many accurate, useful, and perfect nutritional approaches as there are people on the planet. * As a consumer of nutritional information, you simply need to relax and get comfortable with the fact that the field can be widely chaotic and dispersed. * We're on a nutritional journey, whether we like it or not. If you're a human being alive on planet earth, then you are an eater and you need to learn how to best make that work for you. So can you enjoy that part of your journey?

Have questions? We’re here to help! Leave your questions in the comments below, or contact us directly at: info@psychologyofeating.com www.psychologyofeating.com #instituteforthepsychologyofeating #IPE #nutrition #nutritiontips #healthyfood #healthydiet #foodchoices #healthylifestyle #healthyhabits #bodypositive #selflovetips #selfcaretips #foodtips What’s The Perfect Nutritional Approach? With Marc David What’s The Perfect Nutritional Approach? What’s The Perfect Nutritional Approach in 2021? What’s The Perfect Nutritional Approach in 2021? With Marc David perfect nutritional approach the perfect nutrition psychology of eating Marc David perfect nutrition approach perfect nutrition plan institute for the psychology of eating eating psychology

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Getting Out of The Trap of Endless Dieting Did you know that an estimated 45 million Americans go on a diet every year? Many of these same people are actually chronic dieters - meaning they’ve been on a diet for many years. And what’s even more shocking is that so many dieters never achieve lasting success for themselves; they either never get to their desired weight, or they only do so for a short time and then put the weight right back on. If you’ve been dieting for years without lasting results, it might be time to take a different approach. Watch today’s episode to learn more about how to get out of the trap of endless dieting! * The majority of people I work with over the years report that they achieved their weight loss goal with extreme dieting, often accompanied by intense exercise. In other words, they got where they wanted to go by unsustainable measures. * The interesting thing is that so many people have the false belief that, “When I look or weigh differently, then I'll be happy.” By the way, you didn't invent this kind of thinking, if you have it. The world did. * Diets don't work because when we consistently eat in a way that is too low in calories for the body, which means too low in nutrition, too low in essential nutrients, and too low in what the body needs as its energy requirements...When we do that, our metabolism adjusts downwards over time. * Dieting instructs the body very directly to store fat and to not build muscle. Muscle tissue, by the way, is by far and away the main source of calorie burning in the body. So you want your body creating muscle. * Your job is to learn how to nourish yourself with food. Your job is to learn how to be an eater.

Have questions? We’re here to help! Leave your questions in the comments below, or contact us directly at: info@psychologyofeating.com www.psychologyofeating.com #instituteforthepsychologyofeating #healthyweightloss #dietcycle #antidiet #nondiet #diettips #loveyourbody #bodypositive #healthtips #healthylifestyle #nutritiontips #nutrition

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In Session With Marc David: A Beautiful New Beginning With Food and Body Join Eating Psychology expert Marc David in conversation with Lisa in this episode of the Psychology of Eating Podcast as they delve deep into the difference between losing weight and getting healthy. Marc shows us how to develop the right frame of mind to move towards our natural weight, rather than strive to be unrealistically thin. Key Insights: * Eating challenges can start during childhood. However, you can transform these challenges at any age … whether you’re in your 40s, 50s, 60s, or beyond. * Nutrient-rich food choices make you healthier and result in natural weight loss, while intuitive eating allows you to tune into what your body is truly hungering for. * Societal conditioning helps perpetuate ‘diet culture’ and often causes disordered eating patterns. Learning to identify these unhelpful messages is key to turning the corner in unwanted eating challenges. * Being happy with yourself marks the return to consistent nourishment and good health.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #PsychologyOfEating #EatingPsychology #LoveYourself #SelfHealing #LoveYourBody #BodyImage #SelfAcceptance #WeightLossDiet #WeightLoss #PerfectlyImperfect #EmotionalEating #ABeautifulNewYou #NewBeginnings #IntuitiveEating #EmbraceConsistency #LoveYourBody #NoDietDiet #HealthIsHappiness

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Are You an All-or-Nothing Dieter? When it comes to dieting, many people take an all-or-nothing approach. Meaning, they’re either perfectly following their diet … or they’re completely going off the rails. So often, we set ourselves up for disappointment by adopting a strict set of food rules that we can’t possibly follow in the long run. If this sounds familiar, you won’t want to miss today’s episode where Marc David reveals the truth behind all-or-nothing dieting and how to put a stop to this unwanted pattern! Watch now! Highlights: All-or-nothing dieting has its roots in the part of us that wants to be the archetypal good boy or good girl, and the part of us that actually enjoys being a bad boy or a bad girl. What makes all-or-nothing dieting patterns so hard to get out of is that not only is the bad boy/bad girl part taking over, but it's also the voice of the rebel in us, the part of us that doesn't want to be told what to do. Chances are, if we are all-or-nothing with food and diet, we're likely using the all-or-nothing strategy in other parts of life. Perfectionism is often found at the root of our eating challenges, our body hate, our incessant self-attack and our constant silent self-criticism. The voice ultimately harms us. It's truly a soul assassin. Many all-or-nothing dieters, are people who deeply believe that they must eat very low-fat or very low-calorie, or very low-pleasure foods, or a hundred percent raw food diet, or no sweet foods whatsoever… These approaches are bound to fail. In this episode, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc David, M.A., uses scientific research and proven methods for approaching all-or-nothing dieting in a way that promotes healing and transformation. Don’t miss out on learning some of the ground-breaking techniques that are helping people worldwide to find a path to greater health, joy, and freedom with food. Have questions? We’re here to help! Leave your questions in the comments below, or contact us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com www.psychologyofeating.com #instituteforthepsychologyofeating #IPE #allornothingdieting #lifelongdieter #innerrebel #dietingarchetypes #foodrestriction #foodrules #crashdiet #crashdietsdontwork #healthylifestyle #bodypositive #selflove #selflovetips

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In Session With Marc David: Healing Digestive Problems After an Eating Disorder Join Marc David in this episode of the The Psychology of Eating Podcast as he speaks with Craig who has been struggling with digestive challenges after recovering from an eating disorder as a teenager. Despite her training as a nutritionist and as a graduate of Marc’s eating psychology coach certification training, Craig continues to experience distressing digestive symptoms and hopes to find ways to finally heal her gut. Marc helps Craig identify strategies for strengthening her gut while also reframing her view of herself and her relationship with food. Key Insights: * An eating disorder can continue to impact the digestive system even many years after recovery. Finding ways to create a nourishing relationship with food that is rooted in kindness and caring to self can help to strengthen and improve digestion. * You can overcome digestive problems like bloating, indigestion, irregularity, and acid reflux, and reduce dependence upon meds with core strengthening exercise. * Emotional causes of digestive problems such as bloating, irregularity, and acid reflux are very common. As we tend to our inner world, these sorts of physical symptoms often naturally resolve. * Recovering from an eating disorder often means learning to manage one’s symptoms while simultaneously retraining ourselves in how to be an eater. * It is necessary to start to inhabit the body again and to embrace self-love to reverse the long-term symptoms of indigestion.

Over the years, eating psychology expert, teacher, and founder of the Psychology of Eating Institute, Marc David has helped people around the world transform their relationship with food and body - and find a whole life awaiting for them on the other side. Through his coach certification training, public programs, live events, and bestselling books, Marc demonstrates how our relationship with food can be one of our greatest teachers in life - if we’re willing to listen. Are you struggling with unwanted food and body challenges? We invite you to post your questions and comments in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/ #PsychologyOfEating #EatingPsychology #LoveYourself #SelfHealing #LoveYourBody #BodyImage #SelfAcceptance #WeightLossDiet #WeightLoss #PerfectlyImperfect #EmotionalEating #EmpowerYourDigestion #PowerfulDigestion #InhabitYourBody #CoreStrength #PersonalGrowth #Anorexia #Bulimia #Rebirth

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Healing an Unhappy Body Image Are you unhappy with your body image? If so, you’re not alone. Today, we learn the top 3 most effective keys for healing from an unhealthy and unhelpful body image that can be put into practice right now! Highlights * “Let's agree that it's time to transform the silent and global attack on body and self. Let's also agree that it's best when we take the power to heal and transform into our own hands…” * Learn The Three Keys to Healing an Unhappy Body Image, highly effective practices that will make a big difference! * The key toxic belief to let go of right now is this: In order for me to love myself, I must first change my body. * Headline News: Weight loss does not equal embodiment. People of all sizes and all shapes can either be “in” their body, or they can be disembodied, or somewhere in between. * Detoxing your mind means acknowledging that, indeed, we have certain beliefs that are like slow acting poisons, poisons that drain our energy and rob us of our joy.

In today’s episode Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, explores why we suffer from poor body images at such alarming rates, and reveals three landmark keys for how we can heal from these effects, and move with more freedom towards our goals. Listen now! Have questions? We’re here to help! Leave your questions in the comments below, or contact us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com #instituteforthepsychologyofeating #IPE #BodyPositive #HappyBody #ToxicNutritionalBelief #PerfectlyImperfect #MediaFreeDiet #healyourself #healyourbody #PracticeEmbodiment #bodyimage #selfesteem

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In Session With Marc David: A 17 Year Old Works With Binge Eating Join Eating Psychology expert Marc David as he connects with 17-year-old Ella who has been stuck in a binge and restricted cycle for two years. Watch as Ella connects some important dots and discovers what’s truly at the heart of her disordered eating. You won't want to miss this wonderful episode of The Psychology of Eating podcast! Key Insights * Those who eat - meaning, all of us - can benefit from learning to eat slowly and consciously. By doing so, we not only help to break unconscious eating habits, but we find a simple and easy way to bring ourselves more fully into the present moment. * Eating can be a beautiful, nourishing, and wonderful experience. Retrain the brain to love food and to enjoy the experience of eating and the feeling of satiety that comes from it. * It is important to recognize that food is not the enemy. Try to make friends with food: love it, appreciate it, and bring as much fun and joy as you can to it. * Experimental studies have revealed that stress can cause weight gain. Reducing stress can be an effective means to repairing one's relationship with food. * Rather than cutting out some foods entirely, moderation truly is the key to a balanced approach to eating.

If you or a loved one has a challenging relationship with food and body, eating psychology expert Marc David is uniquely qualified to help. His series of Psychology of Eating podcasts are designed to help people overcome unwanted eating concerns and understand these challenges in an entirely new and inspiring way. If you have questions or comments about your own journey with food and body, please post them in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly at: info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Do You Really Think Sugar Is Your Problem? If you believe that you have a sugar addiction, you’re not going to want to miss this episode! Join Marc David, M.A., as he debunks the myth that sugar is the reason why so many of us struggle to reach our health goals. Listen Now! Highlights: * There's something that psychologists call ‘symbolic substitutes.’ A symbolic substitute is exactly what it sounds like: When a human being can't get the thing we actually want, we will turn to the next closest and most accessible thing. And sugar is one of the most common symbolic substitutes. * All creatures on planet earth are constantly looking to seek comfort and avoid pain. It is simply how we're all wired. Turning to sugar for comfort is a perfectly reasonable strategy. It works! * By focusing on what our heart and soul are actually desiring, our dependency on sugar can find a natural and easy ending. * The work of beating a sugar addiction is not eliminating sugar, but adding more life, more love, and more connection.

Exploring our food habits from a more fulfilled place, we find our cravings naturally unwind themselves, and we can find the kind of peace and freedom that we've been seeking in sugar. Have questions? We’re here to help! Leave your questions in the comments below, or contact us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com www.psychologyofeating.com #instituteforthepsychologyofeating #eatingpsychology #sugaraddict #sugaraddiction #sugarcravings #cravingsugar #softaddiction #mindfuleating #symbolicsubstitutes #comfortfood #mindfuleating

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Do You Really Think Sugar Is Your Problem? If you believe that you have a sugar addiction, you’re not going to want to miss this episode! Join Marc David, M.A., as he debunks the myth that sugar is the reason why so many of us struggle to reach our health goals. Listen Now! Key Insights: There's something that psychologists call ‘symbolic substitutes.’ A symbolic substitute is exactly what it sounds like: When a human being can't get the thing we actually want, we will turn to the next closest and most accessible thing. And sugar is one of the most common symbolic substitutes. All creatures on planet earth are constantly looking to seek comfort and avoid pain. It is simply how we're all wired. Turning to sugar for comfort is a perfectly reasonable strategy. It works! By focusing on what our heart and soul is actually desiring, our dependency on sugar can find a natural and easy ending. The work of beating a sugar addiction is not eliminating sugar, but adding more life, more love, and more connection. Exploring our food habits from a more fulfilled place, we find our cravings naturally unwind themselves, and we can find the kind of peace and freedom that we've been seeking in sugar. Have questions? We’re here to help! Leave your questions in the comments below, or contact us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com www.psychologyofeating.com

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Will Fasting Help Me Lose Weight? Yes! But probably not for the reason you may think. In today’s episode, we take a closer look at fasting, why it is good for your body, and why it may not be the best method for long-term weight loss. Highlights: What I've observed over the years is that there is a subset of people who, when they reduce their caloric intake via dieting or fasting, do indeed lose weight. But guess what? The human body cannot sustain itself for very long on a deficiency in calories and nutrition. What many people experience is that they can indeed fast, indeed lose weight, but they tend to gain it right back. Fasting can provide the kind of detoxification that allows our metabolism to shift to a more normal and healthy state. Research has shown that liver detoxification can lead to weight loss. When fasting, we're generally eliminating the most common food allergens that smart clinicians will notice can cause weight loss resistance. Fasting can create a potent and powerful state of being that is not just about shedding pounds. It's about cleaning out the mind. It's about detoxifying ourselves of harmful thoughts and outdated beliefs about who we are. Fasting is a practice that dates back to biblical times, but what are the practical applications for modern living? Join Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, for this eye-opening episode that explores the real purpose of fasting, and what we can reasonably expect from introducing this practice into our lives. Have questions? We’re here to help! Leave your questions in the comments below, or contact us directly: info@psychologyofeating.com

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In Session With Marc David: Letting Go Of Perfection In this episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David talks to Ashley, a 30-year old woman from Australia. Ashley wants to lose 20 kilos, but even more importantly, she wants to become a mother. In the course of their conversation, Marc helps Ashley identify some perfectionistic tendencies that have caused her to believe that she can’t become a mother until she first loses weight and resolves some early traumatic experiences. Watch as Ashley’s mind opens to what’s truly possible for her… once she allows for the human imperfections and messiness that make life beautiful. Key Insights: * Perfectionism often has its roots in fear. As we learn to be more accepting of our perceived flaws and wounds, we paradoxically relax, let go, and begin to live from a more trusting place. * Learning to live with our imperfections means being able to embrace some of the messiness of life. * We are all works in progress. None of us is perfect. And that’s perfectly OK. * Often we put conditions on our life. Meaning, “I’ll do X once I’ve done Y.” The problem is these conditions can be perpetual to the point where we never actually get what we truly want. One of the most powerful things we can do in life is to recognize what our hearts most desire, and go after that passionately and without delay. * Extra weight doesn’t always represent unresolved trauma or mean that we’re holding onto something “bad.” Sometimes, the only real problem is the beliefs that we hold about what that weight represents.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/

View Details

Emotional Eating - How Do I Stop? with Marc David https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Are you ready to overcome the habit of emotional eating? Here’s the truth behind why we do it, and the secret to how we can stop it. Listen now! Highlights: * Viewing emotional eating as the problem, the enemy, or as something we need to fight, control, or to somehow dominate, is an approach never works. * What most people don't know is that every unwanted habit has a hidden wisdom to it. Once we uncover that hidden wisdom, we are on our way to transformation and freedom. * Emotional eating does not mean you're a willpower weakling. It does not mean you're a failure, or that there's something wrong with you. Every human throughout all of human history has used food from infancy to regulate emotions. * Usually, emotional eating is asking us to attend to our emotions in a whole new way. It’s asking us to look at what's really going on in our lives and explore what's truly happening in our inner world. * You will not find a single personal growth approach or psychological system that has proven itself successful for personal growth that focuses on self-attack. Emotional eating is a sign that you need to offer yourself more self-love and self-kindness.

In this episode, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc David, M.A., offers key insights into the world of emotional eating, along with some practical strategies for addressing this challenge in a way that promotes healing and transformation. Discover some of the ground-breaking techniques that are helping millions of people worldwide to find a path to greater health, joy, and freedom with food. Have questions? We’re here to help! Leave your questions in the comments below, or contact us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com

View Details

In Session With Marc David: A Nutritionist Struggles to Lose Weight https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? In today’s episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, Marc David works with Holly, a 41-year-old nutritionist seeking to lose 30 pounds. Holly acknowledges that, despite her dedication to helping others lead healthier lives through good nutrition, she’s personally struggling to lose weight and often finds herself overly focused on what and how to eat. Through the course of their work together, Holly comes to see herself, her body, and her challenges in an entirely new light. Tune in now to watch their transformational session! Key Insights: * It’s been said that we teach what we’re learning. It’s OK to not have everything figured out - it’s all truly part of the human experience. * Weight loss resistance can be tricky to figure out and can be caused by a variety of physiological and/or emotional factors. * It’s entirely reasonable when we’re having a tough time losing weight to assume that we either haven’t found the right diet OR that there’s something wrong with us. It’s logical to pursue these possibilities, but sometimes we find that neither is true. And this can lead us to some interesting places… * So many people continue to focus on the “calories in-calories out” model. But creating health and balance in the body simply can’t be distilled down to such a simplistic, black and white formula.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com

View Details

https://psychologyofeating.online/ss/ Are you ready to transform your relationship with food in a lasting and meaningful way? What if you could help others find the path to greater freedom and joy with food as well? Are you a Food Addict? People sometimes claim to be addicted to food, but here is the simple and irrefutable science: We cannot be addicted to that which is essential to life. Here’s the truth about overeating, and how to transform our relationship with food. Watch Now! Highlights * When it comes to food addiction, more specifically the answer to the question, “Am I a food addict?” No, you are not a food addict. You've never been one, and neither you nor anyone else in the known universe will ever be one. * Can we be dependent on food to give us emotional comfort? Yes. Can we develop the unwanted habit of turning to food when we're stressed, or anxious, or angry or depressed, or bored, or lonely? Yes, but that has nothing to do with the concept of addiction. * If I call myself a food addict, then clearly food becomes the drug that I must somehow avoid and eliminate from my life. This creates an impossible-to-solve conundrum that leaves a lot of people feeling powerless and hopeless. * We as human beings, can have challenges around overeating, and binge eating, and emotional eating...and there are wonderful ways to work with these concerns in an effective, compassionate and skillful manner. * Allow us to share with you three tips that can be extremely helpful for getting unstuck and putting yourself on the path to greater freedom and joy with food. Listen now!

In this episode, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, Marc David, M.A., tackles the concept of food addiction from a scientific-based perspective that will change how you look at your relationship with food. Discover some of the ground-breaking techniques that are helping millions of people worldwide find a path to greater health, joy, and freedom with food. Have questions? We’re here to help! Leave your questions in the comments below, or contact us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com

View Details

In Session With Marc David: 70 Years Old & Finally Has A Breakthrough with Dieting So many of us have a challenging relationship with food. Many struggle with a lifelong problem where food is something that is both hated and loved – a source of comfort but also a reason to attack, blame and judge ourselves. In today’s episode of The Psychology of Eating Podcast, 70-year-old Joan shares her lifelong struggle with food and works with Marc to finally come to terms with her body and her relationship with food. Watch this inspiring conversation now! Key Insights: * Developing a peaceful relationship with the body and with food is much more complex and difficult than it sounds, but it’s truly possible. * Society conditions us to think that we can never be too rich or too thin. Letting go of these societal concepts leads us to a deep-rooted state of inner peace and self-acceptance. * Many people struggle with food all their lives. However, it doesn’t have to be this way. It is every human’s birthright to live with peace, joy, and freedom in every area of life - including with food. * Being gainfully occupied in doing the things that are enjoyable and rewarding can be a powerful antidote to unhealthy eating habits. * The shift from the ‘Princess’ to ‘Queen’ stage of a woman’s life is incredibly potent. As she makes this vital shift, a woman moves from looking for external validation from those around her to looking within for the kind of lasting love and acceptance she truly wants and needs.

With his dual training in clinical nutrition and psychology, Marc David has spent the last 40 years helping people around the world heal their relationship with food. As the founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, he reaches millions each year through his books, speaking engagements, celebrated podcast series, and his internationally-acclaimed Mind Body Eating Coach Certification Training. Watch this powerful and moving episode as Joan comes to a new understanding of her relationship with food and body. Having your own challenges with food and body? Post your questions in the comment box below or get in touch with us directly. info@psychologyofeating.com https://psychologyofeating.com/

View Details

Today Marc David interviews Andrea Nakayama. Andrea is a Functional Nutritionist, educator, and speaker, and she's taken the idea of food as personalized medicine from clinical practice to guiding thousands internationally through her online programs of Replenish PDX and Holistic Nutrition Lab. In this heartfelt interview, they discuss how illness or tragedy can be alchemized into beautiful life lessons and can help us rise to a higher purpose and become an advocate for yourself and others.

Watch the interview video and read the full transcript here!

View Details

The field of nutritional science seems to change so quickly, it can be hard to keep up with the most current ideas about healthy eating. But what if you could take a peek into the future and see what concepts will be making headlines – tomorrow? In this intriguing new podcast episode, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, discusses 4 trends that are heating up right now, and are just about to burst onto the mainstream nutritional scene. If you want to find out what’s got the scientific community abuzz and be at the forefront of these exciting new developments, then tune in now and join Marc as he takes a little look into his crystal ball!

View Details

Have you noticed that there’s an abundance of well-regarded nutrition experts with dietary systems and approaches that are vastly different – and yet they have scientific validation and a lot of passion to back it all up? Have you ever been frustrated by these contradictory messages, and wished you had some clarity and some answers? Join Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating in this informative and uplifting podcast episode. You’ll come away with a renewed understanding of the complex field of nutrition, and perhaps you’ll be able to relax a little and smile as you empower yourself with some fresh insights and information.

View Details

Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, interviews Sayer Ji who is a widely recognized researcher, author, and founder of greenmedinfo.com. Greenmedinfo is known internationally for providing open access, evidence-based resources supporting natural and integrative healing modalities. Marc and Sayer discuss how true health is life empowerment and why so many people are choosing natural remedies.

View Details

It’s hard to avoid the seemingly endless amount of toxins that we’re exposed to via the air, water, our food, cosmetics, in the workplace, household items, and so much more. For sure, it’s a great strategy to try to clean up the toxins in your world as best you can. What many people tend to miss when it comes to detoxification are the toxins we self generate – meaning emotional toxins that can pollute our mind and ultimately drain the body. In this podcast episode, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, reveals a potent mental/emotional toxin that’s well worth letting go of. Learn how to empower yourself and your metabolism with some clear advice when it comes to food, body, and life.

View Details

Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating interviews Dr. David Perlmutter, Board-certified neurologist and Fellow
of the American College of Nutrition. He’s the author of the number one New York Times bestselling book Brain Grain: The Surprising Truth About Wheat, Carbs and
Sugar, Your Brain’s Silent Killers. In this interview, you’ll learn more about the connection between our gut bacteria and health and how inflammation, depression, autism, and many other diseases and neurological disorders are now being linked to the gut microbiome and how not so new treatments are being used successfully in lieu of drugs.

Watch the interview video and read the full transcript here

View Details

Many people are on an endless search for the one perfect diet that can help them have perfect health, perfect energy, perfect weight, and a life without any doubts when it comes to eating. Indeed, there are plenty of experts who are willing to sell you their version of the perfect way to eat. The challenge is, every nutrition guru has a different approach, and it often leaves us confused or disappointed. It’s time for some nutritional empowerment. In this fascinating podcast episode, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating shares some great distinctions that can help you see your relationship with perfection in a whole new light. These are some excellent insights you can put into action immediately that can make a real difference.

View Details

When someone makes a comment about your appearance, how does it make you feel? And how long does the feeling stay with you? Praise and criticism, comparison and ranking can all send us on an emotional roller coaster ride, especially when it comes to how our body looks. But as it turns out, these critical or complimentary assessments aren’t just small talk – they actually have an evolutionary basis that helped early humans survive. Today, our physical and psychological responses to positive or negative feedback tend to happen on an unconscious level, but it’s extremely important to understand these processes if we want to experience the happiness and self-love that we deserve. In this podcast episode, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, presents a mind-bending new perspective on the impact of criticism on our metabolic well being. This will change the way you talk to yourself forever!

View Details

Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating interviews speaker, educator, advocate, recently now the director of the Cleveland Clinic Center for Functional Medicine, Founder, and Director of The UltraWellness Center, chairman of the board of the Institute for Functional Medicine, medical editor at Huffington Post, Dr. Mark Hyman. In this interview, you’ll hear how policies are changing around funding research to create clinically based programs for Functional Medicine to partner with corporations as an alternative to healthcare. Marc and Mark discuss how food is information that helps modify our biology and gene expression and how more people are opening to old wisdom of what heals and so much more.

Watch the interview video and read the full transcript here

View Details

Who doesn't love water? We bathe in it, cook with it, drink it and swim in it. It can cool us off when we're hot and heat us up when we're cold. However, there's a lot more to water than meets the eye. Cutting edge scientific research that's being conducted right now tells us that water has a memory. Although some may find this controversial, mounting evidence shows us that water holds whatever energy we put into it. Join Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating in this intriguing podcast episode as he unearths the science behind how water carries energetic imprints and how this can affect our body chemistry.

View Details

For many people today, the gold standard of healthy eating is a natural, organic, whole foods diet. And for sure, this is a fabulous standard to aim for. But it’s not always enough. You could still be missing this one particular key ingredient. You won’t find this missing ingredient on any nutrition labels, and it’s not commonly talked about, but without it, no meal is truly complete. Interested to know more? Then check out this podcast episode where Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating explains this mystery ingredient and how something that’s so easy to overlook can have a profound effect on our nutritional health.

View Details

Have you ever wondered about the connection between food, money, and power? Have you considered that there might be some unseen magic that runs between these important life domains? In this thought-provoking podcast episode, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating discusses how understanding the innate connection between food money and power can help create a better you, and a healthier world.

View Details

Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating interviews Kathie Swift, a registered dietician, and nutritionist, who has pioneered and directed leading-edge nutrition programs at Dr. Mark Hyman's UltraWellness Center, at the famous Canyon Ranch Health Resorts, and at Kripalu Center for Yoga and Health. Kathie speaks about how her personal struggles with fatigue led her to switch gears in college and why she started studying nutrition. Kathie shares how nutrition is not just for the body, but true Nutrition is at a much deeper level. Nutrition is of the mind, spirit, and heart. Learn some of Kathie’s insights on how she helps her clients navigate all the influx of information and technology we have available to us.

Watch the interview video and read the full transcript here

View Details

Chances are if you’re a human being alive on planet Earth, then you have some secrets that few people know about. And for many of us, some of the most potent and debilitating secrets we have are secrets about food. We might secretly binge eat, or overeat, or sneak foods that we don’t want anyone to know about. We might be walking around with secret shame and guilt about what we ate, how out of control we feel, and how much we dislike our own body. Some secrets are best kept secret, while others need a different approach. Tune in to this podcast episode where Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, shares some secrets about our food secrets. We think you’ll come away more hopeful and inspired about any concerns you face around food and body.

View Details

Do you have beliefs or habits around eating that seem like they have been a part of your life for as long as you can remember? If you trace these aspects of your relationship with food back to their origins, you might be surprised to learn that their roots reach even farther than your own birth. So many of us learn how to relate to food, eating, and our bodies from our parents. But when our parents weren’t fully loved, nurtured, or cared for when they were children themselves, they’re likely to pass their unresolved issues on to their own kids – often without even realizing it. If you’ve ever felt frustrated or hurt by the messages you’ve received from your parents about your body or your relationship with food, or if you want to help your children develop healthy, loving attitudes toward themselves, please tune in to this illuminating and heartfelt podcast episode Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, will share some insights into the unique characteristics of mother-daughter bonds and how these special connections can shape our attitudes toward food and eating for life.

View Details

Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating interviews Dr. Steven Gurgevich, a psychologist specializing in mind-body medicine using Clinical Hypnosis. He has over 41 years of experience with his private practice at Behavioral Medicine Ltd. In Tucson, Arizona.
In this interview, you’ll hear how powerful your mind is and how your body does not differentiate from real or imagined experiences. Learn to use modalities like hypnosis to retrain your mind to use it as a tool to empower your mind-body connection.

Watch the interview video and read the full transcript here

View Details

We live in a world where weight, body fat, and extra pounds are a pretty big deal. And yet, our strategies when it comes to weight loss aren’t working and are often causing us to do battle with our own bodies. The good news is, there’s a dimension that goes beyond what we can see and understand when it comes to weight and its loss. It’s the domain of the spiritual. Join Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, in this podcast episode where he shares about an important spiritual lesson we can discover from weight: true power. We think you’ll find this to be a fascinating and results-oriented approach to weight.

View Details

We live in a world where weight, body fat, and extra pounds are a pretty big deal. And yet, our strategies when it comes to weight loss aren’t working and are often causing us to do battle with our own body. The good news is, there’s a dimension that goes beyond what we can see and understand when it comes to weight and its loss. It’s the domain of the spiritual. Join Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, in this podcast episode where he shares about an important spiritual lesson we can discover from weight: Love. We think you’ll find this to be a fascinating and results-oriented approach to weight.

View Details

Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating interviews author, counselor and awakening mentor, Mary O’Malley. In this heartfelt interview, you’ll hear how Mary learned to transform her life by dropping into her heart and embracing her traumatic childhood, eating disorder and eventually several suicide attempts. In Mary’s words “As you heal the war inside of you, the war of struggle that brings so much suffering, you become a part of the healing of our planet.”

Watch the interview video and read the full transcript here

View Details

We live in a world where weight, body fat, and extra pounds are a pretty big deal. And yet, our strategies when it comes to weight loss aren’t working and are often causing us to do battle with our own body. The good news is, there’s a dimension that goes beyond what we can see and understand when it comes to weight and its loss. It’s the domain of the spiritual. Join Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, in this podcast episode where he shares about an important spiritual lesson we can discover from weight: patience. We think you’ll find this to be a fascinating and results-oriented approach to weight.

View Details

So many people want to lose weight, and yet there are so many frustrated and unsuccessful dieters. While it’s pretty standard to approach weight loss with low-calorie eating, intense exercise, or restrictive and specific diets, these methods ultimately fail for the majority of people. For some of us, it’s helpful to look to other dimensions when it comes to weight retention and loss. And the spiritual dimension is a great place to explore. Join Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating in this podcast episode he discusses a fascinating spiritual lesson that we can learn from weight – humility. This may be a missing link in your weight loss equation, and it can certainly help you see weight in a whole new light!

View Details

Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating interviews Dr. Srini Pillay, who is a medical doctor, a world-renowned Harvard psychiatrist, executive coach, award-winning author, and brain imaging researcher. Dr. Pillay shares how he used his clinical research to provide a biological, psychological, and social perspective on one's health. In this interview, you'll learn how to use the two basic kinds of intentions in the brain, goal intentions and, implementation intentions to help you get through the discomfort of habit changes and set you up for success.

Watch the interview and read the full transcript here

View Details

View Details

One of the most powerful and amazing dimensions when it comes to our health is our personal story. Who we are, the life we’ve lived, and the challenges and triumphs we’ve faced not only create our identity in a deeply personal way, but also impact us profoundly when it comes to our biology. We refer to this lifelong story as “Your Metabolic Journey.” In this fascinating podcast episode, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, shares some powerful distinctions that can help you see food, your body, and your health in a whole new light. These are some excellent insights you can put into action immediately that can make a real difference for any eating or health concern.

View Details

Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating interviews Dr. Kelly Brogan, who is Board certified in psychology, psychosomatic medicine, reproductive psychiatry, and integrative holistic medicine. She’s the Medical Director for Fearless Parent and an advisory board member for GreenmedInfo.com, Fit Pregnancy, Pathways to Family Wellness and lots more. In this compelling interview, they discuss how Dr. Brogan helps her patients get off what she calls “the ping pong” effect of trying alternative medicine then end up back in the conventional model, which can make it challenging for patients to engage a linear progression of betterment and wellness.

Watch the interview video and read the full transcript here

View Details

To nourish someone, by definition, is to provide them with the substances necessary for growth, health, and life itself. We often think of nourishment in terms of nutrition, but in reality, true nourishment goes far beyond the food and supplements that we consume!

Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, explains, our relationships, dreams, hobbies, and many other aspects of our lives also give us those nourishing qualities that are absolutely vital if we are to thrive as humans. What do you nourish, and what nourishes you? Tune in to this uplifting podcast episode, and take some time to explore the connections between food, love, and other forms of nourishment in your own life!

View Details

Have you ever been told that you’re using food as a substitute for love? Have you ever felt guilt or embarrassment about using food in this way? Or do you know someone who seems to constantly reach for food when love just isn’t available? Well, the good news is that this strategy might not be as bad as we think. In fact, it may even make some perfect sense. In this fascinating podcast episode, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating shares some great insights about food and love. We deserve to have each of these in our lives, and in plenty of abundance. But first, we need to remove some of the outdated beliefs that get in the way of our true nourishment and happiness.

View Details

Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating interviews Gudni Gunnarsson, a lifelong practitioner of yoga and physical fitness trainer. Gudni set out to develop a revolutionary fitness system for mind, body, and soul which became GloMotion. In this compelling interview, they discuss how self-love, acceptance, and forgiveness affects our health and overall well-being. This interview will introduce you to a new way of thinking about addiction, disease, and healing.

Watch the interview and read full transcript here

View Details

Whether we’re working on a big project for our boss, putting together a scrapbook for our kids, or choosing a great outfit to go dancing in, we all want our efforts to turn out well. But is it possible to take this desire too far? For some people, the fear of being seen as less than perfect can be a roadblock in the journey toward full and healthy self expression. If you’ve ever been told “You’re such a perfectionist” (or maybe even claimed that title for yourself), you won’t want to miss this podcast episode. Join Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, as he takes a close and honest look at the darker side of perfectionism – you’ll be fascinated by what you discover

View Details

If you believe you have weight to lose, chances are, you want it gone YESTERDAY. Unfortunately, body fat has a terrible reputation these days. The media, our doctors, and even our peers portray fat as a dangerous monster to be feared and loathed, so when we think about the weight we want to lose, our emotional reactions are likely to include panic, horror, disgust, embarrassment, and various other forms of rejection. We want to run away from our excess weight as fast as we can, but just like the villain in a scary movie, it always seems to be just one step behind us. What would happen if we just turned around, looked it in the eye, and gave it some love? Join Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, and find out in this game-changing podcast episode!

View Details

Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating interviews Amy Pershing, CEO and founder of Binge Eating Disorder Association (BEDA). Amy has pioneered an integrated approach for the treatment of BED, based on more than 25 years of clinical experience. In this compelling interview, they discuss how trauma, dieting and other issues can affect binge eating as well the difference between men and women identify with eating disorders.

Watch the interview video and read full transcript here

View Details

Have you ever found yourself in the middle of an extremely chaotic situation where you knew the people around you needed help, but you had no idea where to start? When things around you seem to be spiraling completely out of control, sometimes the very best thing you can do is go back to the basics. In this inspirational podcast episode, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, takes us on a hilarious and moving journey deep into the woods of West Virginia, where he learned a major lesson about how to be a true healer from a very unlikely source. Like any good Hollywood story, you’ll laugh, you’ll cry, and you’ll feel your heart opening right up!

View Details

Here at the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, we’re committed to addressing the most compelling food and eating related concerns of our time, but there’s one syndrome that affects so many people, and yet has received almost no attention from the media or the medical community. We think it’s time to rectify that situation! If you are one of the thousands who suffer from Nutritional Confusion, look no further. In this insightful podcast episode, Marc David, founder of the Institute, explains what causes Nutritional Confusion and how to prevent your symptoms from recurring!

View Details

Mindful eating has been a popular topic for some time now, and for good reason. So what exactly is mindful eating, why is it so important, and what might be waiting for us if we look down the road and see what’s next? Join Marc David, Founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating as he adds a little spice and surprise to what it means to be an awakened eater. This brief and entertaining podcast episode just might leave you more informed, and certainly more inspired when it comes to how you nourish body and self.

View Details

Are you the kind of person who’s a little more sensitive to food? Do you notice that your body seems to be more affected by the world when you compare yourself to others? Or perhaps you know someone who falls into this category. Well, consider that some of us may very well be “Sensitive Nutritional Souls.” In this podcast, Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating discusses this fascinating phenomenon and looks at some of the hidden metabolic and psychologic factors that drive the sensitive nutritional soul experience. This is a topic that’s becoming more and more important these days. This podcast episode comes with some great insights.

View Details

When it comes to the fascinating and complex topic of weight loss, it’s very helpful to remember that there’s no such thing as fast and easy weight loss. For sure, you’ll always hear stories of someone who shed a bunch of weight in a short amount of time. But they’re by far and away the exception to the rule. The world is still gaining weight, so whatever we’re doing simply isn’t working. For this reason, it’s time to let go of the quick fix weight loss solutions and focus on elsewhere to make changes. And one of the ideal places to find some wiser strategies is within us. Tune in to this surprising podcast episode where Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating, shares a highly unique strategy when it comes to weight that’s been a big difference maker for so many people. We think you’ll be surprised at how effective and doable this strategy can be.

View Details

Food and nutrition are such honorable topics for any human to focus on. By now, the reasons for this are obvious. With this in mind, it seems that the #1 nutrition question so many of us ask is – what should I eat? And for sure, this is a key nutritional question. But there are a handful of other questions that can have a big impact when it comes to our nutritional health. Join Marc David, founder of the Institute for the Psychology of Eating as he discusses 5 Super Important Questions to Ask Yourself About Food in this thought provoking podcast episode. We think these can be game changing questions that you might never have thought about, and that can make a powerful difference in your nutritional well being.

View Details

When asked to name their number one food-related challenge, many people will immediately say “emotional eating.” We’ve been taught that it’s bad to use food to help us process our emotions, but we find ourselves reaching for certain special snacks or meals to celebrate happy occasions and to console ourselves when we aren’t feeling so good. The contrast between what we do and what we think we SHOULD do can leave us feeling guilty, ashamed, or self-critical. But as Marc David suggests in this encouraging podcast episode, there’s another way to look at emotional eating – one that opens possibilities for growth and healing. Tune in now and find out how to reframe emotional eating as an opportunity instead of a problem!